blob: db1aa1a944780242f95cb5ca2d0e3f48701415c1 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000015#include "CXXABI.h"
Benjamin Kramer2fa67ef2012-12-01 15:09:41 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000018#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Benjamin Kramer2fa67ef2012-12-01 15:09:41 +000019#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
Dmitri Gribenkoaa580812012-08-09 00:03:17 +000020#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +000027#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Benjamin Kramer2fa67ef2012-12-01 15:09:41 +000028#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000030#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000031#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer2fa67ef2012-12-01 15:09:41 +000035#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000036#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000037#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +000038#include <map>
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000039
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000040using namespace clang;
41
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000044unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000046unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000048unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Sean Huntffe37fd2011-05-25 20:50:04 +000050unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000052unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
54
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000055enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000056 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000057};
58
Dmitri Gribenkoa5ef44f2012-07-11 21:38:39 +000059RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +000060 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
61 ExternalSource->ReadComments();
62 CommentsLoaded = true;
63 }
64
65 assert(D);
66
Dmitri Gribenkoc3fee352012-06-28 16:19:39 +000067 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
68 if (D->isImplicit())
69 return NULL;
70
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +000071 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
74 return NULL;
75 }
76
Dmitri Gribenkodce750b2012-08-20 22:36:31 +000077 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
80 return NULL;
81 }
82
83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
85 return NULL;
86 }
87
Dmitri Gribenkod1e5c0d2013-01-27 21:18:39 +000088 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
93 return NULL;
94 }
95
Dmitri Gribenkodce750b2012-08-20 22:36:31 +000096 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
98 return NULL;
99 }
100
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000101 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
102 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
103 return NULL;
104
Dmitri Gribenko96b09862012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000105 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
106 // documentation.
107 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
108 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
109 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
110 return NULL;
111
Dmitri Gribenko811c8202012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000112 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000113
114 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
115 if (RawComments.empty())
116 return NULL;
117
Dmitri Gribenkoabd56c82012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000118 // Find declaration location.
119 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
120 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
121 // location".
122 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
123 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
124 SourceLocation DeclLoc;
125 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko96b09862012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000126 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenkoc27bc802012-08-02 20:49:51 +0000127 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
128 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenkoabd56c82012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000129 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
130 else
131 DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
132
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000133 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
134 // can't find the comment.
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000135 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
136 return NULL;
137
138 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
Dmitri Gribenkoa444f182012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000139 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
140 {
141 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
142 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
143 // first.
144 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc));
145 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
146 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
147 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
148 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
149 MaybeBeforeDecl--;
150 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
151 }
152
153 if (Found) {
154 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
155 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
156 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
157 } else {
158 // Slow path.
159 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
160 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
161 }
162 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000163
164 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
165 // file buffer.
166 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
167
168 // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
169 if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
Dmitri Gribenko811c8202012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000170 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
Dmitri Gribenko9c006762012-07-06 23:27:33 +0000171 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) {
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000172 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko811c8202012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000173 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000174 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
175 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
176 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
177 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
178 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
179 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
Dmitri Gribenko811c8202012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000180 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000181 }
182 }
183
184 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
185 // Let's look at the previous comment.
186 if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
187 return NULL;
188 --Comment;
189
190 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
Dmitri Gribenko811c8202012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000191 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000192 return NULL;
193
194 // Decompose the end of the comment.
195 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko811c8202012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000196 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000197
198 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
199 // aren't related.
200 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
201 return NULL;
202
203 // Get the corresponding buffer.
204 bool Invalid = false;
205 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
206 &Invalid).data();
207 if (Invalid)
208 return NULL;
209
210 // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
211 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
212 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
213
Dmitri Gribenko8bdb58a2012-06-27 23:43:37 +0000214 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
215 // comment and declaration.
Dmitri Gribenkoabd56c82012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000216 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000217 return NULL;
218
Dmitri Gribenko811c8202012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000219 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000220}
221
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000222namespace {
223/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
224/// refer to the actual template.
Dmitri Gribenko2125c902012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000225/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000226const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
Douglas Gregorcd81df22012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000227 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko2125c902012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000228 // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
Douglas Gregorcd81df22012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000229 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
Dmitri Gribenko2125c902012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000230 return FTD;
231
232 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
233 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
234 return D;
235
236 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
237 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
238 return FTD;
239
240 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
241 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
242 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
243 return MemberDecl;
244
245 return D;
Douglas Gregorcd81df22012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000246 }
Dmitri Gribenko2125c902012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000247 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
248 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
249 // template?
250 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
251 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
252 return MemberDecl;
253
254 return D;
255 }
256 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
257 // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
258 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
259 return CTD;
260
261 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
262 // specialization?
263 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
264 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
265 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
266 return D;
267 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
268 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
269 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
270 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
271 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
272 static_cast<const Decl*>(
273 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
274 }
275
276 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
277 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
278 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
279 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
280
281 return D;
282 }
283 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
284 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
285 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
286 return MemberDecl;
287
288 return D;
289 }
290 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000291 return D;
292}
293} // unnamed namespace
294
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000295const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
296 const Decl *D,
297 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000298 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Douglas Gregorcd81df22012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000299
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000300 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
301 {
302 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
303 RedeclComments.find(D);
304 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
305 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000306 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
307 if (OriginalDecl)
308 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000309 return Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000310 }
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000311 }
Dmitri Gribenko8d3ba232012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000312 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000313
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000314 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
315 const RawComment *RC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000316 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL;
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000317 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
318 E = D->redecls_end();
319 I != E; ++I) {
320 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
321 RedeclComments.find(*I);
322 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
323 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
324 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
325 RC = Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000326 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000327 break;
328 }
329 } else {
330 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I);
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000331 OriginalDeclForRC = *I;
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000332 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
333 if (RC) {
334 Raw.setRaw(RC);
335 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
336 } else
337 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000338 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I);
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000339 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw;
340 if (RC)
341 break;
342 }
343 }
344
Dmitri Gribenko8376f592012-06-28 16:25:36 +0000345 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
346 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation());
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000347
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000348 if (OriginalDecl)
349 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
350
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000351 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
352 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
353 Raw.setRaw(RC);
354 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000355 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
Dmitri Gribenkof50555e2012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000356
357 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(),
358 E = D->redecls_end();
359 I != E; ++I) {
360 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I];
361 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
362 R = Raw;
363 }
364
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000365 return RC;
366}
367
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000368static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
369 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
370 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
371 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
372 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
373 if (!ID)
374 return;
375 // Add redeclared method here.
Douglas Gregord3297242013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000376 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
377 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(),
378 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end();
379 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000380 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
Douglas Gregord3297242013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000381 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000382 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
383 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
384 }
385 }
386}
387
Fariborz Jahanian749ace62012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000388comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
389 const Decl *D) const {
390 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
391 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
392 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
393 ThisDeclInfo->fill();
394 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
395 comments::FullComment *CFC =
396 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
397 ThisDeclInfo);
398 return CFC;
399
400}
401
Dmitri Gribenko19523542012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000402comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
403 const Decl *D,
404 const Preprocessor *PP) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000405 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000406
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000407 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
408 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
409 ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000410
411 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
Fariborz Jahanian749ace62012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000412 if (Canonical != D) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000413 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian749ace62012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000414 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000415 return CFC;
416 }
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000417 return Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000418 }
419
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000420 const Decl *OriginalDecl;
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000421
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000422 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000423 if (!RC) {
424 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko1e905da2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000425 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
Fariborz Jahanianc328d9c2013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000426 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian23799e32013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000427 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
428 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
429 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
430 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanianc328d9c2013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000431 if (OMD)
Dmitri Gribenko1e905da2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000432 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
433 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
Fariborz Jahanian23799e32013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000434 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
435 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
436 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000437 }
Fariborz Jahanian41170b52013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000438 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenkod1e5c0d2013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000439 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
Fariborz Jahanian23799e32013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000440 // does not have one of its own.
Fariborz Jahanian41170b52013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000441 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
Dmitri Gribenkod1e5c0d2013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000442 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
443 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
444 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
Fariborz Jahanian23799e32013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000445 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian41170b52013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000446 }
Dmitri Gribenko8d3ba232012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000447 return NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianbf967be2012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000448 }
449
Dmitri Gribenko4b41c652012-08-22 18:12:19 +0000450 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
451 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
452 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
453 // different across redeclarations.
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000454 if (D != OriginalDecl)
Dmitri Gribenko19523542012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000455 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
Dmitri Gribenko1599eac2012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000456
Dmitri Gribenko19523542012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000457 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
Dmitri Gribenkoc41ace92012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000458 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
459 return FC;
Dmitri Gribenko8d3ba232012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000460}
461
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000462void
463ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
464 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
465 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
466 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000467 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000468
469 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
470 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
471 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
472 PEnd = Params->end();
473 P != PEnd; ++P) {
474 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
475 ID.AddInteger(0);
476 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
477 continue;
478 }
479
480 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
481 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000482 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman9e9c4542012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000483 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000484 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
485 ID.AddBoolean(true);
486 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman9e9c4542012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000487 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
488 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
489 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
490 }
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000491 } else
492 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000493 continue;
494 }
495
496 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
497 ID.AddInteger(2);
498 Profile(ID, TTP);
499 }
500}
501
502TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
503ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000504 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000505 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
506 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
507 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
508 void *InsertPos = 0;
509 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
510 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
511 if (Canonical)
512 return Canonical->getParam();
513
514 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
515 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000516 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000517 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
518 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
519 PEnd = Params->end();
520 P != PEnd; ++P) {
521 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
522 CanonParams.push_back(
523 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnara344577e2011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000524 SourceLocation(),
525 SourceLocation(),
526 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000527 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
528 TTP->isParameterPack()));
529 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000530 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
531 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
532 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
533 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
534 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000535 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
536 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000537 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
538 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
539 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
540 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
541 }
542
543 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000544 SourceLocation(),
545 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000546 NTTP->getDepth(),
547 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
548 T,
549 TInfo,
550 ExpandedTypes.data(),
551 ExpandedTypes.size(),
552 ExpandedTInfos.data());
553 } else {
554 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000555 SourceLocation(),
556 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000557 NTTP->getDepth(),
558 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
559 T,
560 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
561 TInfo);
562 }
563 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
564
565 } else
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000566 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
567 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
568 }
569
570 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
571 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
572 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor61c4d282011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000573 TTP->getPosition(),
574 TTP->isParameterPack(),
575 0,
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000576 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
577 SourceLocation(),
578 CanonParams.data(),
579 CanonParams.size(),
580 SourceLocation()));
581
582 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
583 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
584 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
585 (void)Canonical;
586
587 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
588 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
589 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
590 return CanonTTP;
591}
592
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000593CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000594 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
595
John McCallb8b2c9d2013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000596 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
597 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
598 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000599 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
Tim Northoverc264e162013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000600 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level
John McCallb8b2c9d2013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000601 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000602 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
John McCallb8b2c9d2013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000603 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000604 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
605 }
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000606 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000607}
608
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000609static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000610 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
611 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
612 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
613 // language-specific address space.
614 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
615 1, // opencl_global
616 2, // opencl_local
Peter Collingbourne4dc34eb2012-05-20 21:08:35 +0000617 3, // opencl_constant
618 4, // cuda_device
619 5, // cuda_constant
620 6 // cuda_shared
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000621 };
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000622 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000623 } else {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000624 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000625 }
626}
627
Douglas Gregor3e3cd932011-09-01 20:23:19 +0000628ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000629 const TargetInfo *t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000630 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000631 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000632 unsigned size_reserve,
633 bool DelayInitialization)
634 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
635 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
636 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
637 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
638 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0),
639 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0),
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +0000640 BuiltinVaListDecl(0),
Douglas Gregora6ea10e2012-01-17 18:09:05 +0000641 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahanian96171302012-08-30 18:49:41 +0000642 BOOLDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore97179c2011-09-08 01:46:34 +0000643 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000644 FILEDecl(0),
Rafael Espindolae2d4f4e2011-11-13 21:51:09 +0000645 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0),
646 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
647 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
Douglas Gregore6649772011-12-03 00:30:27 +0000648 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
649 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000650 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000651 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000652 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
653 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
654 DeclarationNames(*this),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +0000655 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0),
Dmitri Gribenkoaa0cd852012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000656 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false),
Dmitri Gribenko6ebf0912013-02-22 14:21:27 +0000657 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts),
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000658 LastSDM(0, 0),
Fariborz Jahanianf7992132013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000659 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0)
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000660{
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000661 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000662 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000663
664 if (!DelayInitialization) {
665 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization");
666 InitBuiltinTypes(*t);
667 }
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000668}
669
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000670ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000671 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
672 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
673 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000674
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000675 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
676 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
677 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000678
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000679 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000680 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
681 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
682 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
683 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
684 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
685 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
686 R->Destroy(*this);
687
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000688 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
689 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
690 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
691 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
692 R->Destroy(*this);
693 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000694
695 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
696 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
697 A != AEnd; ++A)
698 A->second->~AttrVec();
699}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000700
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000701void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
702 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
703}
704
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000705void
Dylan Noblesmith6f42b622012-02-05 02:12:40 +0000706ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000707 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
708}
709
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000710void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000711 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
712 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000713
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000714 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000716#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
717#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
718 0 // Extra
719 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000720
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000721 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
722 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000723 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000724 }
725
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000726 unsigned Idx = 0;
727 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
728#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
729 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000730 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
731 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000732 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
733 ++Idx;
734#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
735#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000736
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000737 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
738
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000739 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000740 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
741 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
742 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
743 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
744 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
745 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000747 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
748 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
749 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
750 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
751 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
752 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000754 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
755 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
756 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
757 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
758 << NumImplicitDestructors
759 << " implicit destructors created\n";
760
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000761 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000762 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000763 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
764 }
Chandler Carruthcd92a652011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000765
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000766 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000767}
768
Douglas Gregor772eeae2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000769TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
770 if (!Int128Decl) {
771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty);
772 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
773 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
774 SourceLocation(),
775 SourceLocation(),
776 &Idents.get("__int128_t"),
777 TInfo);
778 }
779
780 return Int128Decl;
781}
782
783TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
784 if (!UInt128Decl) {
785 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty);
786 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
787 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
788 SourceLocation(),
789 SourceLocation(),
790 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"),
791 TInfo);
792 }
793
794 return UInt128Decl;
795}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000796
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000797void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000798 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000799 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000800 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000801}
802
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000803void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) {
804 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
805 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000806 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000808 this->Target = &Target;
809
810 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
811 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
812
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000813 // C99 6.2.5p19.
814 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000816 // C99 6.2.5p2.
817 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
818 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000819 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000820 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
821 else
822 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
823 // C99 6.2.5p4.
824 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
825 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
826 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
827 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
828 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000829
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000830 // C99 6.2.5p6.
831 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
832 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
833 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
834 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
835 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000836
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000837 // C99 6.2.5p10.
838 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
839 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
840 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000841
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000842 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
843 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
844 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
845
Abramo Bagnarae75bb612012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000846 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedmand3d77cd2011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000847 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000848 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
849 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
850 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
Abramo Bagnarae75bb612012-09-09 10:13:32 +0000851 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar)
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000852 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000853
James Molloy392da482012-05-04 10:55:22 +0000854 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
855
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000856 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
857 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
858 else // C99
859 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
860
861 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
862 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
863 else // C99
864 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
865
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000866 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
867 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
868 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
869 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
870 // expressions.
871 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000872
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000873 // Placeholder type for functions.
874 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
875
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000876 // Placeholder type for bound members.
877 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
878
John McCall3c3b7f92011-10-25 17:37:35 +0000879 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
880 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
881
John McCall1de4d4e2011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000882 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
883 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
884
John McCall0ddaeb92011-10-17 18:09:15 +0000885 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
886 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
887
Eli Friedmana6c66ce2012-08-31 00:14:07 +0000888 // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
889 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
890
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000891 // C99 6.2.5p11.
892 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
893 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
894 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000895
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000896 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000897 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
898 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000899 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Guy Benyeib13621d2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000900
901 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
902 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d);
903 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray);
904 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer);
905 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d);
906 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray);
907 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d);
Guy Benyeie6b9d802013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000908
Guy Benyei21f18c42013-02-07 10:55:47 +0000909 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
Guy Benyeie6b9d802013-01-20 12:31:11 +0000910 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
Guy Benyeib13621d2012-12-18 14:38:23 +0000911 }
Ted Kremenekebcb57a2012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000912
913 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
Fariborz Jahanian93a49942012-04-16 21:03:30 +0000914 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
915 SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
Ted Kremenekebcb57a2012-03-06 20:05:56 +0000916
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000917 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianf7992132013-01-04 18:45:40 +0000918
919 ObjCSuperType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000921 // void * type
922 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000923
924 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
925 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +0000926
927 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
928 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Meador Ingefb40e3f2012-07-01 15:57:25 +0000929
930 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
931 VaListTagTy = QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000932}
933
David Blaikied6471f72011-09-25 23:23:43 +0000934DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000935 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
936}
937
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000938AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
939 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
940 if (!Result) {
941 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
942 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
943 }
944
945 return *Result;
946}
947
948/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
949void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
950 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
951 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
952 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
953 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
954 }
955}
956
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000957MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000958ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000959 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000960 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000961 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
962 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
963 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000964
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000965 return Pos->second;
966}
967
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000968void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000969ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000970 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
971 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000972 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
973 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
974 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
975 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000976 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000977 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000978}
979
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000980FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
981 const FunctionDecl *FD){
982 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
983 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000984 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
985 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000986 return 0;
987
988 return Pos->second;
989}
990
991void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
992 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
993 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
994 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +0000995 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +0000996}
997
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000998NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000999ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001000 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001001 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
1002 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001003 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001005 return Pos->second;
1006}
1007
1008void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001009ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
1010 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
1011 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
1012 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
1013 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
1014 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1015 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
1016}
1017
1018UsingShadowDecl *
1019ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
1020 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
1021 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
1022 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
1023 return 0;
1024
1025 return Pos->second;
1026}
1027
1028void
1029ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
1030 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
1031 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1032 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001033}
1034
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001035FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
1036 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
1037 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
1038 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
1039 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001040
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001041 return Pos->second;
1042}
1043
1044void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
1045 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
1046 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
1047 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
1048 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
1049 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001050
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001051 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
1052}
1053
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001054bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1055 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1056 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001057 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0);
Fariborz Jahanian14d56ef2011-04-27 17:14:21 +00001058}
1059
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001060bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1061 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1062 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001063 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 &&
1064 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0);
Fariborz Jahanian340fa242011-05-02 17:20:56 +00001065}
1066
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001067bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
1068 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1069 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001070 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) &&
1071 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian9b3acaa2011-05-04 18:51:37 +00001072}
1073
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001074bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001075 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1076 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001077 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001078}
1079
Chad Rosierdd7fddb2011-08-04 23:34:15 +00001080bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001081 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
1082 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001083 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this));
Fariborz Jahanian52bbe7a2011-05-06 21:56:12 +00001084}
1085
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001086ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1087ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1088 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidis38eb1e12012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001089 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001090 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1091 return 0;
1092
1093 return Pos->second.begin();
1094}
1095
1096ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1097ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1098 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidis38eb1e12012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001099 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001100 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1101 return 0;
1102
1103 return Pos->second.end();
1104}
1105
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001106unsigned
1107ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1108 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidis38eb1e12012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001109 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001110 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1111 return 0;
1112
1113 return Pos->second.size();
1114}
1115
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001116void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1117 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis38eb1e12012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001118 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001119 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
1120}
1121
Dmitri Gribenko1e905da2012-11-03 14:24:57 +00001122void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
1123 const NamedDecl *D,
1124 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis21c36072012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001125 assert(D);
1126
1127 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbc0a2bb2012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001128 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(),
1129 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis21c36072012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001130 return;
1131 }
1132
1133 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1134 if (!Method)
1135 return;
1136
Argyrios Kyrtzidis740ae672012-10-09 18:19:01 +00001137 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
1138 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbc0a2bb2012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001139 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis21c36072012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001140}
1141
Douglas Gregore6649772011-12-03 00:30:27 +00001142void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
1143 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
1144 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
1145 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
1146 FirstLocalImport = Import;
1147 LastLocalImport = Import;
1148 return;
1149 }
1150
1151 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
1152 LastLocalImport = Import;
1153}
1154
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001155//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1156// Type Sizing and Analysis
1157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001158
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001159/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
1160/// scalar floating point type.
1161const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001162 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001163 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
1164 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001165 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001166 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001167 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
1168 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
1169 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001170 }
1171}
1172
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +00001173/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001174/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
1175/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001176/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
1177/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001178CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001179 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001180
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001181 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
1182 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
1183 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001184
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001185 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
1186 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
1187 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
1188 //
Peter Collingbourne82d0b0a2011-09-29 18:04:28 +00001189 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001190 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
1191 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1192 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1193 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
1194 } else {
1195 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
1196 }
1197 }
Fariborz Jahanian78a7d7d2011-05-05 21:19:14 +00001198 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
1199 UseAlignAttrOnly =
1200 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1201 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001202
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001203 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
1204 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001205 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001206 // do nothing
1207
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001208 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001209 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001210 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001211 if (RefAsPointee)
1212 T = RT->getPointeeType();
1213 else
1214 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
1215 }
1216 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001217 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
1218 // large-array alignment on the target.
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001219 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001220 const ArrayType *arrayType;
1221 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
1222 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001223 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001224 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
1225 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001226 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001227
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001228 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
1229 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
1230 }
Chad Rosier9f1210c2011-07-26 07:03:04 +00001231 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001232 }
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001233
1234 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
1235 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
1236 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
1237 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
1238 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
1239 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
1240 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
1241 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
1242
1243 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001244 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCallba4f5d52011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001245
1246 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
1247 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
1248 if (offset > 0) {
1249 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
1250 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
1251 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
1252 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
1253 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
1254 }
1255
1256 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +00001257 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001258 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001259
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001260 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001261}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001262
John McCall929bbfb2012-08-21 04:10:00 +00001263// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
1264// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
1265// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
1266// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
1267std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1268ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
1269 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
1270
1271 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
1272 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
1273 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
1274 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1275 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1276 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
1277 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
1278 }
1279 }
1280
1281 return sizeAndAlign;
1282}
1283
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001284std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001285ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001286 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001287 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
1288 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001289}
1290
1291std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckbee5a792011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001292ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001293 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
1294}
1295
Daniel Dunbarbc5419a2012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001296std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
1297 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
1298 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
1299 return it->second;
1300
1301 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
1302 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info));
1303 return Info;
1304}
1305
1306/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
1307/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001308///
1309/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
1310/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
1311/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001312std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbc5419a2012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001313ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +00001314 uint64_t Width=0;
1315 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001316 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001317#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1318#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001319#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001320#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1321#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCalld3d49bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +00001322 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001323
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001324 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1325 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001326 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
1327 Width = 0;
1328 Align = 32;
1329 break;
1330
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001331 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001332 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001333 Width = 0;
1334 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
1335 break;
1336
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001337 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001338 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001339
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001340 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarafea966a2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001341 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Daniel Dunbarbc5419a2012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001342 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
1343 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
Abramo Bagnarafea966a2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001344 Width = EltInfo.first*Size;
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001345 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscd88b412011-04-26 21:05:39 +00001346 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001347 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +00001348 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001349 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001350 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001351 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
1352 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
1353 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001354 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +00001355 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
1356 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +00001357 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001358 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
1359 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
1360 }
Chad Rosierf9e9af72012-07-13 23:57:43 +00001361 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
1362 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
1363 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
1364 Align = TargetVectorAlign;
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001365 break;
1366 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001367
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001368 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001369 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001370 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001371 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001372 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
1373 Width = 0;
1374 Align = 8;
1375 break;
1376
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001377 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001378 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
1379 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001380 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001381 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
1382 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
1383 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001384 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001385 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
1386 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001387 break;
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00001388 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
1389 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001390 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
1391 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001392 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001393 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001394 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
1395 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001396 break;
1397 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001398 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
1399 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001400 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001401 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001402 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001403 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
1404 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001405 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001406 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001407 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001408 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1409 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001410 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001411 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001412 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001413 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
1414 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001415 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001416 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001417 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001418 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
1419 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001420 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +00001421 case BuiltinType::Int128:
1422 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
1423 Width = 128;
1424 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
1425 break;
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001426 case BuiltinType::Half:
1427 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
1428 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
1429 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001430 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001431 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
1432 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001433 break;
1434 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001435 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
1436 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001437 break;
1438 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001439 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
1440 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001441 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001442 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001443 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
1444 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +00001445 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001446 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1447 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1448 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001449 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1450 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001451 break;
Guy Benyei21f18c42013-02-07 10:55:47 +00001452 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
1453 // Samplers are modeled as integers.
1454 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1455 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
1456 break;
Guy Benyeie6b9d802013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001457 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyeib13621d2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001458 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
1459 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
1460 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
1461 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
1462 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
1463 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
1464 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types.
1465 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1466 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
1467 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001468 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +00001469 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001470 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001471 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1472 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001473 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001474 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001475 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1476 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001477 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1478 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001479 break;
1480 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001481 case Type::LValueReference:
1482 case Type::RValueReference: {
1483 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
1484 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001485 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1486 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001487 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1488 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001489 break;
1490 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001491 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne207f4d82011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001492 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001493 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1494 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001495 break;
1496 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001497 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001498 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001500 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001501 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001502 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
1503 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001504 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001505 case Type::Complex: {
1506 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1507 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001508 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001509 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001510 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001511 Align = EltInfo.second;
1512 break;
1513 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001514 case Type::ObjCObject:
1515 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001516 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001517 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001518 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001519 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001520 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001521 break;
1522 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001523 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001524 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001525 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1526
1527 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor22ce41d2011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001528 Width = 8;
1529 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001530 break;
1531 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001532
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001533 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001534 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
1535
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001536 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001537 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001538 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyckdac54c12011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001539 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001540 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001541 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001542
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001543 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001544 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1545 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001546
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001547 case Type::Auto: {
1548 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
1549 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gaydc856af2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001550 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001551 }
1552
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001553 case Type::Paren:
1554 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1555
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001556 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001557 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001558 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1559 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattnerc1de52d2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001560 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1561 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1562 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
1563 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
1564 Align = AttrAlign;
1565 else
1566 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +00001567 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001568 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001569 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001570
1571 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1572 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1573 .getTypePtr());
1574
1575 case Type::TypeOf:
1576 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
1577
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00001578 case Type::Decltype:
1579 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
1580 .getTypePtr());
1581
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00001582 case Type::UnaryTransform:
1583 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
1584
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001585 case Type::Elaborated:
1586 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001587
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001588 case Type::Attributed:
1589 return getTypeInfo(
1590 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1591
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001592 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001593 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001594 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00001595 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
1596 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
1597 // aligned attribute on it.
1598 if (TST->isTypeAlias())
1599 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
1600 else
1601 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
1602 }
1603
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001604 case Type::Atomic: {
Eli Friedman2be46072011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001605 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
1606 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1607 Width = Info.first;
1608 Align = Info.second;
1609 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() &&
1610 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) {
1611 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this
1612 // type; promote the alignment appropriately.
1613 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well...
1614 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have
1615 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit
1616 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.)
1617 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1618 }
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001619 }
1620
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001621 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001622
Eli Friedman2be46072011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001623 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001624 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001625}
1626
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001627/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1628CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1629 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1630}
1631
Ken Dyckdd76a9a2011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001632/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1633int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1634 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1635}
1636
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001637/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1638/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001639CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001640 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001641}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001642CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001643 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001644}
1645
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001646/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001647/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001648CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001649 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001650}
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001651CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckeb6f5dc2011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001652 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001653}
1654
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001655/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1656/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1657/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1658/// a data type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001659unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001660 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001661
1662 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001663 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001664 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1665 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosiercde7a1d2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001666 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1667 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001668 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1669
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001670 return ABIAlign;
1671}
1672
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001673/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1674/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1675/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1676/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1677/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001678///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001679void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1680 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001681 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001682 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1683 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1684 if (!leafClass) {
1685 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1686 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie581deb32012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001687 Ivars.push_back(*I);
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001688 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001689 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001690 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianbf9eb882011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001691 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1692 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1693 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001694}
1695
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001696/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1697/// those inherited by it.
1698void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001699 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001700 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001701 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1702 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1703 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1704 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001705 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001706 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001707 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001708 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001709 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001710 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1711 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001712 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001713
1714 // Categories of this Interface.
Douglas Gregord3297242013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001715 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
1716 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(),
1717 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end();
1718 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
1719 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols);
1720 }
1721
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001722 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1723 while (SD) {
1724 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1725 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1726 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001727 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001728 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001729 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1730 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001731 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001732 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1733 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1734 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1735 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001736 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001737 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1738 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1739 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00001740 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001741 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1742 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1743 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1744 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001745 }
1746}
1747
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001748unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001749 unsigned count = 0;
1750 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Douglas Gregord3297242013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001751 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
1752 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(),
1753 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end();
1754 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
1755 count += Ext->ivar_size();
1756 }
1757
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001758 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1759 // includes synthesized ivars.
1760 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001761 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1762
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001763 return count;
1764}
1765
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8deabc12012-02-03 05:58:16 +00001766bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
1767 if (!E)
1768 return false;
1769
1770 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
1771 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
1772
1773 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
1774 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
1775 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
1776 return true;
1777
1778 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
1779 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
1780
1781 return false;
1782}
1783
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001784/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1785ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1786 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1787 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1788 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1789 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1790 return 0;
1791}
1792/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1793ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1794 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1795 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1796 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1797 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1798 return 0;
1799}
1800
1801/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1802void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1803 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1804 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1805 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1806}
1807/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1808void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1809 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1810 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1811 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1812}
1813
Dmitri Gribenkob35cc2d2013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001814const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
1815 const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1816 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
1817 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87ec9c22011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001818 return ID;
Dmitri Gribenkob35cc2d2013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001819 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD =
1820 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87ec9c22011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001821 return CD->getClassInterface();
Dmitri Gribenkob35cc2d2013-02-03 13:23:21 +00001822 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD =
1823 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87ec9c22011-11-01 17:14:12 +00001824 return IMD->getClassInterface();
1825
1826 return 0;
1827}
1828
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001829/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1830/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001831Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001832 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1833 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1834 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001835 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001836 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001837 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1838}
1839
1840/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1841void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1842 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001843 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1844 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001845 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1846}
1847
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001848TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001849 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001850 if (!DataSize)
1851 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1852 else
1853 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001854 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001855
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001856 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1857 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1858 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1859 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001860}
1861
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001862TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor6952f1e2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001863 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001864 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregorc21c7e92011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001865 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001866 return DI;
1867}
1868
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001869const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001870ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001871 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1872}
1873
1874const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001875ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1876 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001877 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1878}
1879
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001880//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1881// Type creation/memoization methods
1882//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1883
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001884QualType
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001885ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1886 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1887 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001888
1889 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1890 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001891 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1892 void *insertPos = 0;
1893 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1894 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1895 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001896 }
1897
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001898 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1899 QualType canon;
1900 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1901 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00001902 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1903 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001904
1905 // Re-find the insert position.
1906 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1907 }
1908
1909 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1910 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1911 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001912}
1913
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001914QualType
1915ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001916 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1917 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001918 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001919
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001920 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1921 // into one ExtQuals node.
1922 QualifierCollector Quals;
1923 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001924
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001925 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1926 // another one.
1927 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1928 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1929 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001931 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001932}
1933
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001934QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001935 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001936 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001937 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001938 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001939
John McCall7f040a92010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001940 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1941 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001942 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001943 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1944 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1945 }
1946 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001947
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001948 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1949 // into one ExtQuals node.
1950 QualifierCollector Quals;
1951 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001953 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1954 // another one.
1955 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1956 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1957 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001959 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001960}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001961
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001962const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1963 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1964 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1965 return T;
1966
1967 QualType Result;
1968 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1969 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1970 } else {
1971 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1972 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1973 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1974 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1975 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1976 }
1977
1978 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1979}
1980
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001981/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1982/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001983QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001984 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1985 // structure.
1986 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1987 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001988
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001989 void *InsertPos = 0;
1990 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1991 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001992
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001993 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1994 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1995 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001996 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001997 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001998
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001999 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2000 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002001 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002002 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002003 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002004 Types.push_back(New);
2005 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2006 return QualType(New, 0);
2007}
2008
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002009/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
2010/// the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002011QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002012 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2013 // structure.
2014 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2015 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002016
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002017 void *InsertPos = 0;
2018 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2019 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002021 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2022 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2023 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002024 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002025 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002027 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2028 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002029 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002030 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002031 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002032 Types.push_back(New);
2033 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2034 return QualType(New, 0);
2035}
2036
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002037/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002038/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002039QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00002040 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
2041 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002042 // structure.
2043 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2044 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002045
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002046 void *InsertPos = 0;
2047 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
2048 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2049 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002050
2051 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002052 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
2053 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002054 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002055 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002056
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002057 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2058 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
2059 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002060 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002061 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002062 BlockPointerType *New
2063 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002064 Types.push_back(New);
2065 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2066 return QualType(New, 0);
2067}
2068
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002069/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2070/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002071QualType
2072ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor9625e442011-05-21 22:16:50 +00002073 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
2074 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
2075
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002076 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2077 // structure.
2078 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002079 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002080
2081 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002082 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
2083 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002084 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002085
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002086 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2087
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002088 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2089 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2090 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002091 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2092 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2093 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002094
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002095 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002096 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2097 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002098 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002099 }
2100
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002101 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002102 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
2103 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002104 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002105 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002106
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002107 return QualType(New, 0);
2108}
2109
2110/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2111/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002112QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002113 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2114 // structure.
2115 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002116 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002117
2118 void *InsertPos = 0;
2119 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
2120 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2121 return QualType(RT, 0);
2122
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002123 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2124
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002125 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2126 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2127 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002128 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2129 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2130 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002131
2132 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2133 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2134 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002135 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002136 }
2137
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002138 RValueReferenceType *New
2139 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002140 Types.push_back(New);
2141 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002142 return QualType(New, 0);
2143}
2144
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002145/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
2146/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002147QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002148 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2149 // structure.
2150 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2151 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
2152
2153 void *InsertPos = 0;
2154 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
2155 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2156 return QualType(PT, 0);
2157
2158 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
2159 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2160 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00002161 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002162 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
2163
2164 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2165 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
2166 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002167 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002168 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002169 MemberPointerType *New
2170 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002171 Types.push_back(New);
2172 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2173 return QualType(New, 0);
2174}
2175
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002177/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002178QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002179 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002180 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002181 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00002182 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
2183 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00002184 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
2185
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002186 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
2187 // the target.
2188 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00002189 ArySize =
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00002190 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002192 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002193 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002195 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002196 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002197 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002198 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002200 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
2201 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2202 QualType Canon;
2203 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2204 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002205 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002206 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002207 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002208
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002209 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002211 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002212 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002213 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002215 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002216 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002217 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002218 Types.push_back(New);
2219 return QualType(New, 0);
2220}
2221
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002222/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
2223/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
2224/// sizes replaced with [*].
2225QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
2226 // Vastly most common case.
2227 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002228
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002229 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002230
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002231 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002232 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002233 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2234#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2235#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2236#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2237#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2238 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
2239
2240 // These types should never be variably-modified.
2241 case Type::Builtin:
2242 case Type::Complex:
2243 case Type::Vector:
2244 case Type::ExtVector:
2245 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
2246 case Type::ObjCObject:
2247 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2248 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
2249 case Type::Record:
2250 case Type::Enum:
2251 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
2252 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
2253 case Type::TypeOf:
2254 case Type::Decltype:
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002255 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002256 case Type::DependentName:
2257 case Type::InjectedClassName:
2258 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
2259 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
2260 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
2261 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002262 case Type::Auto:
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002263 case Type::PackExpansion:
2264 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
2265
2266 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
2267 // further decay.
2268 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
2269 case Type::FunctionProto:
2270 case Type::BlockPointer:
2271 case Type::MemberPointer:
2272 return type;
2273
2274 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
2275 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
2276 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
2277 // optimizations available here.
2278 case Type::Pointer:
2279 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
2280 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
2281 break;
2282
2283 case Type::LValueReference: {
2284 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
2285 result = getLValueReferenceType(
2286 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
2287 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
2288 break;
2289 }
2290
2291 case Type::RValueReference: {
2292 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
2293 result = getRValueReferenceType(
2294 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
2295 break;
2296 }
2297
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002298 case Type::Atomic: {
2299 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
2300 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
2301 break;
2302 }
2303
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002304 case Type::ConstantArray: {
2305 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
2306 result = getConstantArrayType(
2307 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
2308 cat->getSize(),
2309 cat->getSizeModifier(),
2310 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2311 break;
2312 }
2313
2314 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
2315 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
2316 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
2317 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
2318 dat->getSizeExpr(),
2319 dat->getSizeModifier(),
2320 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2321 dat->getBracketsRange());
2322 break;
2323 }
2324
2325 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
2326 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
2327 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
2328 result = getVariableArrayType(
2329 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
2330 /*size*/ 0,
2331 ArrayType::Normal,
2332 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2333 SourceRange());
2334 break;
2335 }
2336
2337 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
2338 case Type::VariableArray: {
2339 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
2340 result = getVariableArrayType(
2341 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
2342 /*size*/ 0,
2343 ArrayType::Star,
2344 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2345 vat->getBracketsRange());
2346 break;
2347 }
2348 }
2349
2350 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002351 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCallce889032011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002352}
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002353
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00002354/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
2355/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002356QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
2357 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002358 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002359 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002360 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002361 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
2362 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002363 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002364
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002365 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
2366 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2367 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002368 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002369 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002370 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002371 }
2372
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002373 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara63e7d252011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002374 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002375
2376 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
2377 Types.push_back(New);
2378 return QualType(New, 0);
2379}
2380
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002381/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
2382/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00002383/// type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002384QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
2385 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002386 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002387 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
2388 SourceRange brackets) const {
2389 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
2390 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002391 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
2392
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002393 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
2394 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
2395 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
2396 // because they can't be used in most locations.
2397 if (!numElements) {
2398 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
2399 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2400 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
2401 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2402 brackets);
2403 Types.push_back(newType);
2404 return QualType(newType, 0);
2405 }
2406
2407 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
2408 // also build a canonical type.
2409
2410 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
2411
2412 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002413 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002414 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002415 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002416 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002417
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002418 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
2419 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
2420 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002421
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002422 // If we don't have one, build one.
2423 if (!canonTy) {
2424 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002425 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002426 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2427 brackets);
2428 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
2429 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002430 }
2431
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002432 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
2433 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002434 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002435
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002436 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
2437 // then just use that as our result.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002438 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType)
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002439 return canon;
2440
2441 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
2442 // of the element type.
2443 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
2444 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2445 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
2446 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
2447 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
2448 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002449}
2450
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002451QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002452 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002453 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002454 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002455 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002456
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002457 void *insertPos = 0;
2458 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
2459 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
2460 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002461
2462 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002463 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
2464 // qualifiers off the element type.
2465 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002466
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002467 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2468 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002469 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002470 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002471 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002472
2473 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002474 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
2475 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2476 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00002477 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002478
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002479 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2480 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002481
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002482 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
2483 Types.push_back(newType);
2484 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002485}
2486
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002487/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
2488/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00002489QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002490 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002491 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002492
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002493 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2494 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002495 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002496
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002497 void *InsertPos = 0;
2498 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2499 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2500
2501 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2502 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2503 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002504 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002505 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002506
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002507 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2508 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002509 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002510 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002511 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002512 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002513 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2514 Types.push_back(New);
2515 return QualType(New, 0);
2516}
2517
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002518/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002519/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002520QualType
2521ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor4ac01402011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002522 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002523
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002524 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2525 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002526 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002527 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002528 void *InsertPos = 0;
2529 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2530 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2531
2532 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2533 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2534 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002535 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002536 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002538 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2539 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002540 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002541 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002542 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2543 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002544 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2545 Types.push_back(New);
2546 return QualType(New, 0);
2547}
2548
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002549QualType
2550ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2551 Expr *SizeExpr,
2552 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002553 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002554 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002555 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002556
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002557 void *InsertPos = 0;
2558 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2559 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2560 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2561 if (Canon) {
2562 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2563 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002564 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2565 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2566 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002567 } else {
2568 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2569 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002570 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2571 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2572 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002573
2574 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2575 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2576 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2577 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002578 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2579 } else {
2580 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2581 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002582 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2583 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002584 }
2585 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002586
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002587 Types.push_back(New);
2588 return QualType(New, 0);
2589}
2590
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002591/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002592///
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002593QualType
2594ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2595 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002596 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
2597 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2598 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002599 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2600 // structure.
2601 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002602 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002603
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002604 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002605 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002606 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002607 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002608
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002609 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00002610 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002611 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00002612 Canonical =
2613 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
2614 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002615
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002616 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002617 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
2618 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002619 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002620 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002621
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002622 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002623 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002624 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002625 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002626 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002627 return QualType(New, 0);
2628}
2629
Douglas Gregor02dd7982013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002630/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
2631static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
2632 return T.isCanonical() &&
2633 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
2634 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
2635}
2636
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002637/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
2638/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002639QualType
2640ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
2641 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
2642 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002643 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
2644 // structure.
2645 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002646 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002647
2648 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002649 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002650 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002651 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002652
2653 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smitheefb3d52012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002654 bool isCanonical =
Douglas Gregor02dd7982013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002655 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) &&
Richard Smitheefb3d52012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002656 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002657 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002658 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002659 isCanonical = false;
2660
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002661 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
2662 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
2663 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002664
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002665 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002666 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002667 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00002668 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002669 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002670 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2671 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002672 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002673
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002674 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smitheefb3d52012-02-10 09:58:53 +00002675 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +00002676 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
2677 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002678 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
2679 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
2680
Douglas Gregor02dd7982013-01-17 23:36:45 +00002681 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
2682 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy);
2683 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
2684 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers();
2685 Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
2686 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
2687 }
2688
2689 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy,
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00002690 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002691 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002692
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002693 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002694 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2695 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinc6ed7292010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002696 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002697 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002698
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002699 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
2700 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
2701 // - parameter types
2702 // - exception types
2703 // - consumed-arguments flags
2704 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
Richard Smithb9d0b762012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002705 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception
2706 // specification.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002707 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002708 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithb9d0b762012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002709 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002710 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smithb9d0b762012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002711 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002712 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Richard Smithe6975e92012-04-17 00:58:00 +00002713 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) {
Richard Smith13bffc52012-04-19 00:08:28 +00002714 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Richard Smithb9d0b762012-07-27 04:22:15 +00002715 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) {
2716 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002717 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002718 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments)
2719 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
2720
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002721 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divackycfe9af22011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002722 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2723 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002724 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002725 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002726 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002727 return QualType(FTP, 0);
2728}
2729
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002730#ifndef NDEBUG
2731static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2732 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2733 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2734 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2735 return true;
2736 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2737 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2738 return true;
2739 return false;
2740}
2741#endif
2742
2743/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2744/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2745QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002746 QualType TST) const {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002747 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2748 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2749 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002750 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002751 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2752 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2753 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2754 } else {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002755 Type *newType =
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002756 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002757 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2758 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002759 }
2760 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2761}
2762
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002763/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2764/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002765QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002766 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002767 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002768
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002769 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002770 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002771
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002772 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2773 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2774
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002775 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002776 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002777 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2778 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002779 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002780 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002781 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() &&
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002782 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002783 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002784 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002785 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002786 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2787 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2788 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002789 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002790 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002791
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002792 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002793}
2794
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002795/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002796/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002797QualType
Richard Smith162e1c12011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002798ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2799 QualType Canonical) const {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002800 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002802 if (Canonical.isNull())
2803 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002804 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002805 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002806 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2807 Types.push_back(newType);
2808 return QualType(newType, 0);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002809}
2810
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002811QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002812 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2813
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002814 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002815 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2816 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2817
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002818 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2819 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2820 Types.push_back(newType);
2821 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002822}
2823
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002824QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002825 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2826
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002827 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002828 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2829 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2830
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002831 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2832 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2833 Types.push_back(newType);
2834 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002835}
2836
John McCall9d156a72011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002837QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2838 QualType modifiedType,
2839 QualType equivalentType) {
2840 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2841 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2842
2843 void *insertPos = 0;
2844 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2845 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2846
2847 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2848 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2849 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2850
2851 Types.push_back(type);
2852 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2853
2854 return QualType(type, 0);
2855}
2856
2857
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002858/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2859QualType
2860ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002861 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002862 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002863 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2864
2865 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2866 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2867 void *InsertPos = 0;
2868 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2869 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2870
2871 if (!SubstParm) {
2872 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2873 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2874 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2875 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2876 }
2877
2878 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2879}
2880
Douglas Gregorc3069d62011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002881/// \brief Retrieve a
2882QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2883 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2884 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2885#ifndef NDEBUG
2886 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2887 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2888 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2889 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2890 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2891 }
2892#endif
2893
2894 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2895 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2896 void *InsertPos = 0;
2897 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2898 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2899 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2900
2901 QualType Canon;
2902 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2903 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2904 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2905 ArgPack);
2906 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2907 }
2908
2909 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2910 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2911 ArgPack);
2912 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2913 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2914 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2915}
2916
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002917/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002918/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002919/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002920QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002921 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002922 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002923 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002924 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002925 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002926 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002927 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2928
2929 if (TypeParm)
2930 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002932 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002933 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth4fb86f82011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002934 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002935
2936 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2937 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2938 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2939 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002940 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002941 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2942 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002943
2944 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2945 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2946
2947 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2948}
2949
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002950TypeSourceInfo *
2951ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2952 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2953 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002954 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002955 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2956 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002957 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002958
2959 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
David Blaikie39e6ab42013-02-18 22:06:02 +00002960 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
2961 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
Abramo Bagnara55d23c92012-02-06 14:41:24 +00002962 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002963 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2964 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2965 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2966 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2967 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2968 return DI;
2969}
2970
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002971QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002972ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002973 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002974 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002975 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2976 "No dependent template names here!");
2977
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002978 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2979
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002980 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002981 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2982 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2983 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2984
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002985 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00002986 Underlying);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002987}
2988
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00002989#ifndef NDEBUG
2990static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
2991 unsigned NumArgs) {
2992 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2993 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
2994 return true;
2995
2996 return true;
2997}
2998#endif
2999
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003000QualType
3001ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003002 const TemplateArgument *Args,
3003 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003004 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003005 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3006 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003007 // Look through qualified template names.
3008 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3009 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003010
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003011 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003012 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
3013 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003014 QualType CanonType;
3015 if (!Underlying.isNull())
3016 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
3017 else {
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003018 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
3019 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
3020 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
3021 "Caller must compute aliased type");
3022 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003023 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
3024 NumArgs);
3025 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00003026
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003027 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
3028 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
3029 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003030 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3031 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003032 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003033 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003034 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregorb70126a2012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003035 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
3036 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003037
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003038 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003039 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003040}
3041
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003042QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003043ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
3044 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003045 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003046 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3047 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003048
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003049 // Look through qualified template names.
3050 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3051 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregor7c3179c2011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003052
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003053 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
3054 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003055 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003056 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
3057 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3058 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
3059
3060 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
3061 // exists.
3062 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3063 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
3064 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
3065
3066 void *InsertPos = 0;
3067 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
3068 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3069
3070 if (!Spec) {
3071 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
3072 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3073 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3074 TypeAlignment);
3075 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
3076 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3e4c6c42011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003077 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003078 Types.push_back(Spec);
3079 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
3080 }
3081
3082 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
3083 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
3084 return QualType(Spec, 0);
3085}
3086
3087QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003088ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3089 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003090 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003091 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003092 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003093
3094 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003095 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003096 if (T)
3097 return QualType(T, 0);
3098
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003099 QualType Canon = NamedType;
3100 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3101 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003102 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3103 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003104 (void)CheckT;
3105 }
3106
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003107 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003108 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003109 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003110 return QualType(T, 0);
3111}
3112
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003113QualType
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003114ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003115 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3116 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
3117
3118 void *InsertPos = 0;
3119 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3120 if (T)
3121 return QualType(T, 0);
3122
3123 QualType Canon = InnerType;
3124 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3125 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
3126 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3127 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
3128 (void)CheckT;
3129 }
3130
3131 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
3132 Types.push_back(T);
3133 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3134 return QualType(T, 0);
3135}
3136
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003137QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3138 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3139 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003140 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003141 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
3142
3143 if (Canon.isNull()) {
3144 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003145 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3146 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
3147 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3148
3149 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
3150 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003151 }
3152
3153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003154 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003155
3156 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003157 DependentNameType *T
3158 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003159 if (T)
3160 return QualType(T, 0);
3161
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003162 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003163 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003164 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003165 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003166}
3167
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003169ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3170 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003171 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003172 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003173 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003174 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003175 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003176 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
3177 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
3178 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
3179 ArgCopy.size(),
3180 ArgCopy.data());
3181}
3182
3183QualType
3184ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3185 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3186 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3187 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
3188 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003189 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregoraa2187d2011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003190 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3191 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003192
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003193 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003194 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
3195 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003196
3197 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003198 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
3199 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003200 if (T)
3201 return QualType(T, 0);
3202
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003203 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003204
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003205 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3206 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3207
3208 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003209 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003210 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
3211 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
3212 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
3213 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003214 }
3215
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003216 QualType Canon;
3217 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
3218 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
3219 Name, NumArgs,
3220 CanonArgs.data());
3221
3222 // Find the insert position again.
3223 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3224 }
3225
3226 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
3227 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3228 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00003229 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003230 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003231 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003232 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003233 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003234}
3235
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003236QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
David Blaikiedc84cd52013-02-20 22:23:23 +00003237 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003238 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003239 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003240
3241 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
3242 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
3243 void *InsertPos = 0;
3244 PackExpansionType *T
3245 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3246 if (T)
3247 return QualType(T, 0);
3248
3249 QualType Canon;
3250 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Richard Smithd8672ef2012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003251 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
3252 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
3253 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
3254 // parameters.
3255 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
3256 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003257
Richard Smithd8672ef2012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003258 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
3259 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
3260 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3261 }
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003262 }
3263
Douglas Gregorcded4f62011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003264 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003265 Types.push_back(T);
3266 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3267 return QualType(T, 0);
3268}
3269
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003270/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
3271/// alphabetically.
3272static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
3273 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00003274 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003275}
3276
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003277static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003278 unsigned NumProtocols) {
3279 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
3280
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003281 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
3282 return false;
3283
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003284 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003285 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) ||
3286 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003287 return false;
3288 return true;
3289}
3290
3291static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003292 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
3293 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003294
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003295 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
3296 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
3297
Douglas Gregor61cc2962012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003298 // Canonicalize.
3299 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I)
3300 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl();
3301
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003302 // Remove duplicates.
3303 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
3304 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
3305}
3306
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003307QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
3308 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003309 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003310 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
3311 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
3312 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
3313 return BaseType;
3314
3315 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003316 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003317 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003318 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003319 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3320 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003321
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003322 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
3323 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003324 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003325 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
3326 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
3327 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003328 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003329 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003330 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
3331
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003332 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003333 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3334 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003335 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003336 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
3337 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003338 }
3339
3340 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003341 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3342 }
3343
3344 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
3345 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
3346 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
3347 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
3348 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
3349
3350 Types.push_back(T);
3351 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3352 return QualType(T, 0);
3353}
3354
3355/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
3356/// the given object type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003357QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003358 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3359 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
3360
3361 void *InsertPos = 0;
3362 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
3363 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3364 return QualType(QT, 0);
3365
3366 // Find the canonical object type.
3367 QualType Canonical;
3368 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
3369 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
3370
3371 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003372 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3373 }
3374
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00003375 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003376 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
3377 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
3378 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003379
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003380 Types.push_back(QType);
3381 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003382 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003383}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003384
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003385/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3386/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregor0af55012011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003387QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
3388 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003389 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
3390 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003391
Douglas Gregor0af55012011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003392 if (PrevDecl) {
3393 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
3394 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3395 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3396 }
3397
Douglas Gregor8d2dbbf2011-12-16 16:34:57 +00003398 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
3399 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
3400 Decl = Def;
3401
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003402 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
3403 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
3404 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
3405 Types.push_back(T);
3406 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00003407}
3408
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003409/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
3410/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003411/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003412/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003413/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003414QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003415 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003416 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
3417 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3418 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003419
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003420 void *InsertPos = 0;
3421 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
3422 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3423 if (Canon) {
3424 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
3425 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003426 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003427 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003428 } else {
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003429 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003430 Canon
3431 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003432 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3433 toe = Canon;
3434 }
3435 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003436 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003437 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003438 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003439 Types.push_back(toe);
3440 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003441}
3442
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003443/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3444/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3445/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003446/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003447/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003448QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003449 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003450 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003451 Types.push_back(tot);
3452 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003453}
3454
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00003455
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003456/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
3457/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
3458/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003459/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
David Blaikie39e02032011-11-06 22:28:03 +00003460/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregorf8af9822012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003461QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003462 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor561f8122011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003463
3464 // C++0x [temp.type]p2:
3465 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
3466 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
3467 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
3468 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003469 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3470 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003472 void *InsertPos = 0;
3473 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
3474 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3475 if (Canon) {
3476 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
3477 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
Richard Smith0d729102012-08-13 20:08:14 +00003478 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003479 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003480 } else {
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003481 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003482 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003483 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3484 dt = Canon;
3485 }
3486 } else {
Douglas Gregorf8af9822012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003487 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType,
3488 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003489 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00003490 Types.push_back(dt);
3491 return QualType(dt, 0);
3492}
3493
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003494/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
3495/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
3496QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
3497 QualType UnderlyingType,
3498 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
3499 const {
3500 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor69d97752011-05-25 17:51:54 +00003501 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
3502 Kind,
3503 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne12fc4b02012-03-05 16:02:06 +00003504 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Sean Huntca63c202011-05-24 22:41:36 +00003505 Types.push_back(Ty);
3506 return QualType(Ty, 0);
3507}
3508
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003509/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003510QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smith483b9f32011-02-21 20:05:19 +00003511 void *InsertPos = 0;
3512 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
3513 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
3514 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3515 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
3516 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3517 return QualType(AT, 0);
3518 }
3519
3520 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
3521 Types.push_back(AT);
3522 if (InsertPos)
3523 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
3524 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +00003525}
3526
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00003527/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
3528/// the given value type.
3529QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
3530 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
3531 // structure.
3532 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3533 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
3534
3535 void *InsertPos = 0;
3536 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3537 return QualType(AT, 0);
3538
3539 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3540 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3541 QualType Canonical;
3542 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3543 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
3544
3545 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3546 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3547 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
3548 }
3549 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
3550 Types.push_back(New);
3551 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3552 return QualType(New, 0);
3553}
3554
Richard Smithad762fc2011-04-14 22:09:26 +00003555/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
3556QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
3557 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
3558 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
3559 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
3560 return AutoDeductTy;
3561}
3562
3563/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
3564QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
3565 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
3566 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
3567 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
3568 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
3569}
3570
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003571/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3572/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003573QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00003574 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00003575 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
3576 // away const? mutable?
3577 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003578}
3579
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003580/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
3581/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
3582/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00003583CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003584 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003585}
3586
Hans Wennborg29e97cb2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003587/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3588CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
3589 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
3590}
3591
3592/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
3593CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
3594 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
3595}
3596
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00003597/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
3598/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3599QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
3600 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3601 return WCharTy;
3602}
3603
3604/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
3605/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
3606QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
3607 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
3608 return UnsignedIntTy;
3609}
3610
Enea Zaffanella9677eb82013-01-26 17:08:37 +00003611QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
3612 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
3613}
3614
3615QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
3616 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
3617}
3618
Hans Wennborg29e97cb2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00003619/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003620/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
3621QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorbcfd1f52011-09-02 00:18:52 +00003622 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00003623}
3624
Eli Friedman6902e412012-11-27 02:58:24 +00003625/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
3626/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
3627QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
3628 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
3629}
3630
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003631//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3632// Type Operators
3633//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3634
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003635CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003636 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
3637 // qualifiers.
3638 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00003639 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003640 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003641 QualType Result;
3642 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3643 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
3644 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
3645 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
3646 } else {
3647 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
3648 }
3649
3650 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
3651}
3652
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003653QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
3654 Qualifiers &quals) {
3655 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
3656
3657 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
3658 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
3659 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
3660 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
3661 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003662 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003663
3664 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003665 if (!AT) {
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003666 quals = splitType.Quals;
3667 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003668 }
3669
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003670 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
3671 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
3672 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
3673
3674 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
3675 // can just use the results in splitType.
3676 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
3677 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003678 quals = splitType.Quals;
3679 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003680 }
3681
3682 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
3683 // build the type back up.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003684 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003685
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003686 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003687 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003688 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
3689 }
3690
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003691 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003692 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003693 }
3694
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003695 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003696 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003697 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00003698 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
3699 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
3700 VAT->getBracketsRange());
3701 }
3702
3703 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall62c28c82011-01-18 07:41:22 +00003704 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00003705 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
3706 SourceRange());
3707}
3708
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003709/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
3710/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
3711/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
3712/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
3713/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
3714/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
3715/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
3716/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
3717bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
3718 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
3719 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
3720 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
3721 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
3722 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
3723 return true;
3724 }
3725
3726 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
3727 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3728 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
3729 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
3730 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
3731 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
3732 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
3733 return true;
3734 }
3735
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003736 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00003737 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
3738 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3739 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
3740 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
3741 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
3742 return true;
3743 }
3744 }
3745
3746 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
3747
3748 return false;
3749}
3750
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003751DeclarationNameInfo
3752ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
3753 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003754 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3755 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3756 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003757 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003758 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
3759 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003760
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003761 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
3762 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
3763 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
3764 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
3765 }
3766
3767 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3768 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003769 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003770 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003771 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
3772 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003773 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00003774 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
3775 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
3776 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3777 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3778 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
3779 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003780 }
3781 }
3782
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003783 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3784 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3785 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3786 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
3787 NameLoc);
3788 }
3789
3790 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3791 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3792 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3793 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
3794 NameLoc);
3795 }
3796 }
3797
3798 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00003799}
3800
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003801TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003802 switch (Name.getKind()) {
3803 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
3804 case TemplateName::Template: {
3805 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003806 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003807 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003808 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
3809
3810 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003811 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00003812 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003813
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003814 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
3815 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003816
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00003817 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
3818 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3819 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3820 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3821 }
3822
3823 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
3824 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
3825 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
3826 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
3827 }
3828
3829 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
3830 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
3831 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
3832 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
3833 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
3834 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
3835 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
3836 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
3837 }
3838 }
3839
3840 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003841}
3842
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003843bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3844 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3845 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3846 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3847}
3848
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003849TemplateArgument
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003850ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003851 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3852 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3853 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003854
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003855 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003856 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003857
Douglas Gregord2008e22012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003858 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
Eli Friedmand7a6b162012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003859 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
3860 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam());
Douglas Gregord2008e22012-04-06 22:40:38 +00003861 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003862
Eli Friedmand7a6b162012-09-26 02:36:12 +00003863 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
3864 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
3865 /*isNullPtr*/true);
3866
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003867 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3868 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003869
3870 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3871 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3872 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregor2be29f42011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003873 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003874
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003875 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
Benjamin Kramer85524372012-06-07 15:09:51 +00003876 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003878 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003879 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003880
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003881 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003882 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3883 return Arg;
3884
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003885 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3886 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003887 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003888 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003889 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3890 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3891 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003892
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003893 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003894 }
3895 }
3896
3897 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003898 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003899}
3900
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003901NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003902ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003903 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003904 return 0;
3905
3906 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3907 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3908 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003909 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003910 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3911 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3912
3913 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3914 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3915 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor14aba762011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003916 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3917 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3918
3919 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3920 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3921 // this namespace and no prefix.
3922 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3923 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3924 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003925
3926 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3927 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3928 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003929
3930 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3931 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3932 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3933 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3934 // types, e.g.,
3935 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3936 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman16412ef2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003937 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
3938 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003939 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003940
Eli Friedman16412ef2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00003941 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
3942 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
3943 // first place?
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003944 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3945 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003946 }
3947
3948 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3949 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3950 return NNS;
3951 }
3952
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00003953 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003954}
3955
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003956
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003957const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003958 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003959 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003960 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3961 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3962 return AT;
3963 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003964
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003965 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003966 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003967 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003969 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003970 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3971 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003972
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003973 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3974 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003975 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003976
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003977 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003978 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003980 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00003981 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003982 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003983 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003984
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003985 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3986 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003987 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003989 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3990 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3991 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003992 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003993 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3994 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3995 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003996 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003997
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003998 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003999 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
4000 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004001 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004002 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004003 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004004 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004005 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004006
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004007 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004008 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004009 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004010 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004011 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004012 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00004013}
4014
Abramo Bagnaraad9689f2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004015QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor79e6bd32011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004016 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
4017 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
4018 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
4019 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
4020 // the array type derivation.
4021 if (T->isArrayType())
4022 return getArrayDecayedType(T);
4023
4024 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
4025 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
4026 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
4027 // in 6.3.2.1.
4028 if (T->isFunctionType())
4029 return getPointerType(T);
4030
4031 return T;
4032}
4033
Abramo Bagnaraad9689f2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004034QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor79e6bd32011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004035 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
4036 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
4037 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
4038}
4039
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004040/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
4041/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
4042/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
4043/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
4044///
4045/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004046QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004047 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
4048 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
4049 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
4050 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
4051 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
4052 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004053
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004054 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004055
4056 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004057 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004058}
4059
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004060QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
4061 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00004062}
4063
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004064QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
4065 Qualifiers qs;
4066 while (true) {
4067 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004068 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004069 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004070
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004071 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall200fa532012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004072 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004073 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004074
John McCall3b657512011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004075 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00004076}
4077
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004078/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004079uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004080ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
4081 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
4082 do {
4083 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
Richard Smithd5e83942012-12-06 03:04:50 +00004084 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
4085 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004086 } while (CA);
4087 return ElementCount;
4088}
4089
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004090/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
4091/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004092static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004093 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004094 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004095
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004096 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
4097 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004098 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovaa4a99b2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00004099 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004100 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
4101 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
4102 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
4103 }
4104}
4105
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004106/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
4107/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00004108/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
4109/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004110QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
4111 QualType Domain) const {
4112 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
4113 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
4114 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004115 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004116 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
4117 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
4118 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
4119 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004120 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004121
4122 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
4123 switch (EltRank) {
Joey Gouly19dbb202013-01-23 11:56:20 +00004124 case HalfRank: return HalfTy;
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004125 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
4126 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
4127 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004128 }
David Blaikie561d3ab2012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004129 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004130}
4131
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004132/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
4133/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
4134/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004135/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004136int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004137 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
4138 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004140 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004141 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004142 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004143 return 1;
4144 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004145}
4146
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004147/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
4148/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
4149/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004150unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004151 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00004152
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004153 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004154 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004155 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004156 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004157 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4158 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4159 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4160 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004161 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004162 case BuiltinType::Short:
4163 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004164 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004165 case BuiltinType::Int:
4166 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004167 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004168 case BuiltinType::Long:
4169 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004170 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004171 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4172 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004173 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004174 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4175 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4176 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004177 }
4178}
4179
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004180/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
4181/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
4182///
4183/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
4184/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004185QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00004186 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4187 return QualType();
4188
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004189 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
4190 if (!Field)
4191 return QualType();
4192
4193 QualType FT = Field->getType();
4194
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004195 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004196 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
4197 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
4198 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
4199 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
4200 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
4201 return IntTy;
4202
4203 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
4204 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4205
4206 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
4207 // like the base type.
4208 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
4209 // is ridiculous.
4210 return QualType();
4211}
4212
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004213/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
4214/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
4215/// integer type.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004216QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004217 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
4218 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004219 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
4220 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman68a2dc42011-10-26 07:22:48 +00004221
4222 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4223 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
4224 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
4225 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
4226 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
4227 // unsigned long long int [...]
4228 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
4229 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
4230 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
4231 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
4232 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
4233 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
4234 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
4235 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
4236 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
4237 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
4238 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
4239 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
4240 (FromSize == ToSize &&
4241 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
4242 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
4243 }
4244 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
4245 }
4246 }
4247
4248 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004249 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
4250 return IntTy;
Eli Friedman5b64e772012-11-15 01:21:59 +00004251 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
4252 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004253 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
4254 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4255}
4256
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004257/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
4258/// type and returns its ownership.
4259Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
4260 while (!T.isNull()) {
4261 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4262 return T.getObjCLifetime();
4263 if (T->isArrayType())
4264 T = getBaseElementType(T);
4265 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4266 T = PT->getPointeeType();
4267 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis28445f02011-07-01 23:01:46 +00004268 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis31862ba2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004269 else
4270 break;
4271 }
4272
4273 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4274}
4275
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004276/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004277/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004278/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004279int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004280 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
4281 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004282 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004283
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004284 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4285 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004286
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004287 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
4288 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004289
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004290 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
4291 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
4292 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
4293 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004294
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004295 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
4296 if (LHSUnsigned) {
4297 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
4298 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
4299 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004300
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004301 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4302 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004303 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004304 return -1;
4305 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004306
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004307 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
4308 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
4309 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004310
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004311 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4312 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004313 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004314 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004315}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004316
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004317static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004318CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
4319 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
4320 SourceLocation Loc;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004321 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004322 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004323 else
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004324 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004325}
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004326
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004327// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004328QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004329 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004330 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004331 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004332 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004333 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004334
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004335 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004336
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004337 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004338 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004339 // int flags;
4340 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004341 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004342 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004343 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004344 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
4345
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004346 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004347 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004348 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004349 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004350 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004351 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004352 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004353 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smithca523302012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004354 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004355 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004356 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004357 }
4358
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004359 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004360 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004361
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004362 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00004363}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004364
Fariborz Jahanianf7992132013-01-04 18:45:40 +00004365QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
4366 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
4367 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl =
4368 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super"));
4369 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4370 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4371 }
4372 return ObjCSuperType;
4373}
4374
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004375void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004376 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004377 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
4378 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
4379}
4380
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004381QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004382 if (BlockDescriptorType)
4383 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4384
4385 RecordDecl *T;
4386 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004387 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004388 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004389 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004390
4391 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4392 UnsignedLongTy,
4393 UnsignedLongTy,
4394 };
4395
4396 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4397 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004398 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004399 };
4400
4401 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004402 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004403 SourceLocation(),
4404 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004405 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004406 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004407 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smithca523302012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004408 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004409 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004410 T->addDecl(Field);
4411 }
4412
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004413 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004414
4415 BlockDescriptorType = T;
4416
4417 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4418}
4419
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004420QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004421 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
4422 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4423
4424 RecordDecl *T;
4425 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00004426 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004427 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004428 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004429
4430 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4431 UnsignedLongTy,
4432 UnsignedLongTy,
4433 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4434 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
4435 };
4436
4437 const char *FieldNames[] = {
4438 "reserved",
4439 "Size",
4440 "CopyFuncPtr",
4441 "DestroyFuncPtr"
4442 };
4443
4444 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004445 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004446 SourceLocation(),
4447 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00004448 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004449 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004450 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smithca523302012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004451 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004452 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004453 T->addDecl(Field);
4454 }
4455
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004456 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004457
4458 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
4459
4460 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4461}
4462
Fariborz Jahanianb15c8982012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004463/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
4464/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
4465/// in buildByrefHelpers.
4466bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
4467 const VarDecl *D) {
4468 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4469 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D);
4470 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
4471
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004472 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00004473 }
Fariborz Jahanianb15c8982012-11-28 23:12:17 +00004474
4475 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
4476
4477 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
4478
4479 // If we have lifetime, that dominates.
4480 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
4481 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4482
4483 switch (lifetime) {
4484 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
4485
4486 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
4487 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4488 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4489 return false;
4490
4491 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the
4492 // byref routines.
4493 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4494 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained.
4495 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4496 return true;
4497 }
4498 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
4499 }
4500 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
4501 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00004502}
4503
Fariborz Jahanian3ca23d72012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004504bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
4505 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
4506 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
4507
4508 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
4509 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4510 return false;
4511
4512 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
Fariborz Jahanian34db84f2012-12-11 19:58:01 +00004513 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian3ca23d72012-11-14 17:15:51 +00004514 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
4515 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4516 }
4517 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
4518 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime();
4519 // MRR.
4520 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4521 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
4522 else
4523 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4524 return true;
4525}
4526
Douglas Gregore97179c2011-09-08 01:46:34 +00004527TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
4528 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
4529 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this,
4530 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4531 SourceLocation(),
4532 SourceLocation(),
4533 &Idents.get("instancetype"),
4534 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType()));
4535 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
4536}
4537
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004538// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
4539// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00004540static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004541 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00004542 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
4543 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004544
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004545 return false;
4546}
4547
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004548/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004549/// purpose.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004550CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004551 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
4552 return CharUnits::Zero();
4553
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004554 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004555
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004556 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00004557 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004558 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004559 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
4560 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004561 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004562 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004563}
4564
4565static inline
4566std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
4567 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004568}
4569
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004570/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004571/// declaration.
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004572std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
4573 std::string S;
4574
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004575 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
4576 QualType BlockTy =
4577 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4578 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian3d145f62012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004579 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian06cffc02012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004580 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None,
4581 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4582 S, true /*Extended*/);
4583 else
4584 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
4585 S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004586 // Compute size of all parameters.
4587 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4588 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4589 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004590 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
4591 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00004592 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004593 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4594 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004595 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian075a5432012-06-30 00:48:59 +00004596 if (sz.isZero())
4597 continue;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004598 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004599 ParmOffset += sz;
4600 }
4601 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004602 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004603 // Block pointer and offset.
4604 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004605
4606 // Argument types.
4607 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
4608 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
4609 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4610 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4611 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4612 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4613 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4614 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4615 // elements.
4616 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4617 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4618 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4619 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian3d145f62012-11-15 19:02:45 +00004620 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian06cffc02012-11-14 23:11:38 +00004621 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
4622 S, true /*Extended*/);
4623 else
4624 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004625 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004626 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004627 }
John McCall6b5a61b2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00004628
4629 return S;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00004630}
4631
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004632bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004633 std::string& S) {
4634 // Encode result type.
4635 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
4636 CharUnits ParmOffset;
4637 // Compute size of all parameters.
4638 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4639 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4640 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
4641 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004642 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian7e68ba52012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004643 continue;
4644
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004645 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004646 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004647 ParmOffset += sz;
4648 }
4649 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4650 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
4651
4652 // Argument types.
4653 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
4654 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
4655 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
4656 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
4657 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4658 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4659 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4660 // elements.
4661 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4662 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4663 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4664 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4665 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
4666 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
4667 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
4668 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004669
4670 return false;
David Chisnall5389f482010-12-30 14:05:53 +00004671}
4672
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004673/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
4674/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
4675/// block object types.
4676void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
4677 QualType T, std::string& S,
4678 bool Extended) const {
4679 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
4680 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
4681 // Encode parameter type.
4682 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0,
4683 true /*OutermostType*/,
4684 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
4685 false /*StructField*/,
4686 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
4687 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
4688}
4689
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004690/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004691/// declaration.
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004692bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004693 std::string& S,
4694 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004695 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004696 // Encode return type.
4697 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4698 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004699 // Compute size of all parameters.
4700 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
4701 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
4702 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004703 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004704 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
4705 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004706 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004707 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004708 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00004709 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004710 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004711 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian7e68ba52012-06-29 22:54:56 +00004712 continue;
4713
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004714 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
4715 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004716 ParmOffset += sz;
4717 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004718 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004719 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004720 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004721
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004722 // Argument types.
4723 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004724 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00004725 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis491306a2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00004726 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004727 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00004728 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004729 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
4730 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
4731 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00004732 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00004733 PType = PVDecl->getType();
4734 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
4735 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004736 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
4737 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00004738 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00004739 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004740 }
Douglas Gregorf968d832011-05-27 01:19:52 +00004741
4742 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00004743}
4744
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004745/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004746/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004747/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
4748/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004749/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
4750/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
4751/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
4752/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
4753/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004754/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
4755/// @code
4756/// enum PropertyAttributes {
4757/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
4758/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
4759/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
4760/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
4761/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
4762/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
4763/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson0d4cb852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00004764/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00004765/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
4766/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
4767/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
4768/// };
4769/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004770void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004771 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004772 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004773 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
4774 bool Dynamic = false;
4775 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
4776
4777 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
4778 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004779 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004780 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
4781 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004782 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004783 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie581deb32012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004784 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004785 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4786 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4787 Dynamic = true;
4788 } else {
4789 SynthesizePID = PID;
4790 }
4791 }
4792 }
4793 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004794 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004795 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004796 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00004797 i != e; ++i) {
David Blaikie581deb32012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004798 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004799 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
4800 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
4801 Dynamic = true;
4802 } else {
4803 SynthesizePID = PID;
4804 }
4805 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004806 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004807 }
4808 }
4809
4810 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
4811 S = "T";
4812
4813 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004814 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
4815 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004816 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004817 true /* outermost type */,
4818 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004819
4820 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
4821 S += ",R";
4822 } else {
4823 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
4824 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
4825 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian3a02b442011-08-12 20:47:08 +00004827 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004828 }
4829 }
4830
4831 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
4832 // are "dynamic by default".
4833 if (Dynamic)
4834 S += ",D";
4835
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004836 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
4837 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004838
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004839 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4840 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004841 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004842 }
4843
4844 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4845 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004846 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004847 }
4848
4849 if (SynthesizePID) {
4850 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4851 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004852 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004853 }
4854
4855 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4856}
4857
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004858/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004859/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4860/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004861/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4862///
4863void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004864 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004865 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004866 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004867 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004868 else
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004869 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004870 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4871 }
4872 }
4873}
4874
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004875void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004876 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004877 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4878 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4879 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4880 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004881 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004882 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004883}
4884
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004885static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
4886 BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
4887 switch (kind) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004888 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4889 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4890 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4891 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004892 case BuiltinType::Char16:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004893 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004894 case BuiltinType::Char32:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004895 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4896 case BuiltinType::ULong:
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004897 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004898 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4899 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4900 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4901 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4902 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattner3f59c972010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004903 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4904 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004905 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4906 case BuiltinType::Long:
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004907 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004908 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4909 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4910 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4911 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004912 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004913 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char*
4914
4915 case BuiltinType::Half:
4916 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
4917 return ' ';
4918
4919 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
4920 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
4921 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
4922 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
4923
4924 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
4925 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
4926 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
4927 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
4928 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
4929 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
4930 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
Guy Benyeie6b9d802013-01-20 12:31:11 +00004931 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Guy Benyei21f18c42013-02-07 10:55:47 +00004932 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004933 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
4934#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
4935#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
4936 case BuiltinType::KIND:
4937#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4938 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004939 }
David Blaikie719e53f2013-01-09 17:48:41 +00004940 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004941}
4942
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004943static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
4944 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
4945
4946 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
4947 if (!Enum->isFixed())
4948 return 'i';
4949
4950 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004951 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
4952 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004953}
4954
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004955static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004956 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004957 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004958 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004959 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4960 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4961 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4962 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4963 //
4964 // struct
4965 // {
4966 // int integer;
4967 // int flags:2;
4968 // };
4969 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4970 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4971 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4972 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4973 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
John McCall260611a2012-06-20 06:18:46 +00004974 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004975 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4976 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedman82905742011-07-07 01:54:01 +00004977 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor5471bc82011-09-08 17:18:35 +00004978 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
4979 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004980 else {
4981 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
4982 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
4983 }
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004984 }
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004985 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004986}
4987
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004988// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004989void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4990 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4991 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004992 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004993 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00004994 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00004995 bool StructField,
4996 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
Fariborz Jahanian17c1a2e2013-02-15 21:14:50 +00004997 bool EncodeClassNames,
4998 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const {
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00004999 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
5000 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
5001 case Type::Builtin:
5002 case Type::Enum:
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005003 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005004 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005005 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
5006 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
5007 else
5008 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005009 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005010
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005011 case Type::Complex: {
5012 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005013 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005014 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005015 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005016 return;
5017 }
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005018
5019 case Type::Atomic: {
5020 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
5021 S += 'A';
5022 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0,
5023 false, false);
5024 return;
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00005025 }
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005026
5027 // encoding for pointer or reference types.
5028 case Type::Pointer:
5029 case Type::LValueReference:
5030 case Type::RValueReference: {
5031 QualType PointeeTy;
5032 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
5033 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
5034 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
5035 S += ':';
5036 return;
5037 }
5038 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
5039 } else {
5040 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
5041 }
5042
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005043 bool isReadOnly = false;
5044 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
5045 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
5046 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005047 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00005048 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005049 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
5050 isReadOnly = true;
5051 S += 'r';
5052 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00005053 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005054 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005055 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
5056 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005057 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
5058 isReadOnly = true;
5059 S += 'r';
5060 }
5061 }
5062 if (isReadOnly) {
5063 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
5064 // combinations need to be rearranged.
5065 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005066 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00005067 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005068 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005069
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005070 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
5071 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
5072 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005073 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005074 S += '*';
5075 return;
5076 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005077 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00005078 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
5079 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
5080 S += '#';
5081 return;
5082 }
5083 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
5084 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
5085 S += '@';
5086 return;
5087 }
5088 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005089 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005090 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005091 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
5092
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005093 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005094 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005095 return;
5096 }
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005097
5098 case Type::ConstantArray:
5099 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5100 case Type::VariableArray: {
5101 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
5102
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005103 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005104 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
5105 S += '^';
5106
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005107 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005108 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5109 } else {
5110 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005111
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005112 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
5113 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
5114 S += '0';
5115 else
5116 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
5117 } else {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005118 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005119 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
5120 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005121 S += '0';
5122 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005123
5124 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005125 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5126 S += ']';
5127 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005128 return;
5129 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005130
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005131 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
5132 case Type::FunctionProto:
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00005133 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005134 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005135
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005136 case Type::Record: {
5137 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005138 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005139 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
5140 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
5141 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005142 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
5143 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
5144 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
Benjamin Kramer5eada842013-02-22 15:46:01 +00005145 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
5146 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS,
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00005147 TemplateArgs.data(),
5148 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregor30c42402011-09-27 22:38:19 +00005149 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005150 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005151 } else {
5152 S += '?';
5153 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00005154 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005155 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005156 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
5157 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
5158 } else {
5159 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5160 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5161 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
5162 if (FD) {
5163 S += '"';
5164 S += Field->getNameAsString();
5165 S += '"';
5166 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005167
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005168 // Special case bit-fields.
5169 if (Field->isBitField()) {
5170 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
David Blaikie581deb32012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005171 *Field);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005172 } else {
5173 QualType qt = Field->getType();
5174 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5175 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
5176 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
5177 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5178 /*StructField*/true);
5179 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005180 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005181 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00005182 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005183 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005184 return;
5185 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005186
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005187 case Type::BlockPointer: {
5188 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00005189 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005190 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005191 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005192
5193 S += '<';
5194 // Block return type
5195 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S,
5196 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
5197 FD,
5198 false /* OutermostType */,
5199 EncodingProperty,
5200 false /* StructField */,
5201 EncodeBlockParameters,
5202 EncodeClassNames);
5203 // Block self
5204 S += "@?";
5205 // Block parameters
5206 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
5207 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5208 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) {
5209 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S,
5210 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5211 ExpandStructures,
5212 FD,
5213 false /* OutermostType */,
5214 EncodingProperty,
5215 false /* StructField */,
5216 EncodeBlockParameters,
5217 EncodeClassNames);
5218 }
5219 }
5220 S += '>';
5221 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005222 return;
5223 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005224
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005225 case Type::ObjCObject:
5226 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
5227 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
5228 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005229
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005230 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed
5231 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'.
5232 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005233 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005234 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005235 S += '{';
5236 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
5237 S += II->getName();
5238 S += '=';
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005239 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005240 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5241 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosedb8264e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005242 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005243 if (Field->isBitField())
5244 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005245 else
Fariborz Jahanian17c1a2e2013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005246 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
5247 false, false, false, false, false,
5248 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005249 }
5250 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005251 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005252 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005253
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005254 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
5255 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005256 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
5257 S += '@';
5258 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005259 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005261 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
5262 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
5263 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
5264 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005265 S += '#';
5266 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005267 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005268
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005269 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005270 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005271 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5272 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005273 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005274 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
5275 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005276 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005277 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5278 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005279 S += '<';
5280 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5281 S += '>';
5282 }
5283 S += '"';
5284 }
5285 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005286 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005287
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005288 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
5289 if (!EncodingProperty &&
Fariborz Jahanian17c1a2e2013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005290 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
5291 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005292 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005293 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005294 // {...};
5295 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005296 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
5297 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian17c1a2e2013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005298 NULL,
5299 false, false, false, false, false,
5300 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005301 return;
5302 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005303
5304 S += '@';
Bob Wilsondc8dab62011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005305 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
5306 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005307 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005308 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00005309 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
5310 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005311 S += '<';
5312 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
5313 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005314 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005315 S += '"';
5316 }
5317 return;
5318 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005319
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005320 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005321 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available.
5322 case Type::MemberPointer:
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005323 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005324
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005325 case Type::Vector:
5326 case Type::ExtVector:
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005327 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
5328 // insufficient.
5329 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
5330 return;
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005331
5332#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5333#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5334#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5335 case Type::KIND:
5336#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5337 case Type::KIND:
5338#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5339 case Type::KIND:
5340#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5341 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005342 }
John McCall3624e9e2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005343 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005344}
5345
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005346void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
5347 std::string &S,
5348 const FieldDecl *FD,
5349 bool includeVBases) const {
5350 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
5351 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
5352 if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
5353 return;
5354
5355 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
5356 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
5357 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
5358
5359 if (CXXRec) {
5360 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5361 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
5362 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5363 if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
5364 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005365 if (base->isEmpty())
5366 continue;
Benjamin Kramerd4f51982012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005367 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005368 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5369 std::make_pair(offs, base));
5370 }
5371 }
5372 }
5373
5374 unsigned i = 0;
5375 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
5376 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
5377 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
5378 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
5379 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
David Blaikie581deb32012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005380 std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005381 }
5382
5383 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
5384 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
5385 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
5386 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
5387 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005388 if (base->isEmpty())
5389 continue;
Benjamin Kramerd4f51982012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005390 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis19aa8602011-09-26 18:14:24 +00005391 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
5392 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
5393 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005394 }
5395 }
5396
5397 CharUnits size;
5398 if (CXXRec) {
5399 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
5400 } else {
5401 size = layout.getSize();
5402 }
5403
5404 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
5405 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
5406 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
5407
Douglas Gregor58db7a52012-04-27 22:30:01 +00005408 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
5409 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005410 if (FD) {
5411 S += "\"_vptr$";
5412 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
5413 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
5414 S += recname;
5415 S += '"';
5416 }
5417 S += "^^?";
5418 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
5419 }
5420
5421 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
5422 // Mark the end of the structure.
5423 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
5424 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5425 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
5426 }
5427
5428 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
5429 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
5430
5431 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
5432 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
5433 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
5434 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
5435 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
5436 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
5437 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
5438 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
5439 // longer then though.
5440 CurOffs += padding;
5441 }
5442
5443 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
5444 if (dcl == 0)
5445 break; // reached end of structure.
5446
5447 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
5448 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
5449 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
5450 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
5451 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
5452 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis829f2002011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005453 assert(!base->isEmpty());
5454 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005455 } else {
5456 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
5457 if (FD) {
5458 S += '"';
5459 S += field->getNameAsString();
5460 S += '"';
5461 }
5462
5463 if (field->isBitField()) {
5464 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Richard Smitha6b8b2c2011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005465 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis26361972011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005466 } else {
5467 QualType qt = field->getType();
5468 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5469 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
5470 /*OutermostType*/false,
5471 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
5472 /*StructField*/true);
5473 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
5474 }
5475 }
5476 }
5477}
5478
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005479void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00005480 std::string& S) const {
5481 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
5482 S += 'n';
5483 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
5484 S += 'N';
5485 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
5486 S += 'o';
5487 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
5488 S += 'O';
5489 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
5490 S += 'R';
5491 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
5492 S += 'V';
5493}
5494
Douglas Gregor4dfd02a2011-08-12 05:46:01 +00005495TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
5496 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
5497 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0);
5498 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5499 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5500 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5501 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5502 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5503 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo);
5504 }
5505
5506 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00005507}
5508
Douglas Gregor7a27ea52011-08-12 06:17:30 +00005509TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
5510 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
5511 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
5512 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT);
5513 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5514 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5515 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5516 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo);
5517 }
5518 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00005519}
5520
Douglas Gregor79d67262011-08-12 05:59:41 +00005521TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
5522 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
5523 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0);
5524 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5525 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
5526 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this),
5527 getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5528 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5529 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo);
5530 }
5531
5532 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00005533}
5534
Douglas Gregora6ea10e2012-01-17 18:09:05 +00005535ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
5536 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
5537 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
5538 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5539 SourceLocation(),
5540 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
5541 /*PrevDecl=*/0,
5542 SourceLocation(), true);
5543 }
5544
5545 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
5546}
5547
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5549// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
5550//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5551
5552static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5553 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list;
5554 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
5555 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5556 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType);
5557
5558 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5559 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5560 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5561 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5562 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5563 TInfo);
5564 return VaListTypeDecl;
5565}
5566
5567static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5568 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
5569 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5570 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5571 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType);
5572
5573 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5574 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5575 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5576 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5577 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5578 TInfo);
5579 return VaListTypeDecl;
5580}
5581
Tim Northoverc264e162013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005582static TypedefDecl *
5583CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5584 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5585 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5586 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5587 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5588 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5589 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5590 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5591 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5592 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5593
5594 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5595 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5596 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5597 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5598 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5599 } else {
5600 // struct __va_list
5601 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5602 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5603 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5604 }
5605
5606 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5607
5608 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5609 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5610 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5611
5612 // void *__stack;
5613 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5614 FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
5615
5616 // void *__gr_top;
5617 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5618 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
5619
5620 // void *__vr_top;
5621 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5622 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
5623
5624 // int __gr_offs;
5625 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
5626 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
5627
5628 // int __vr_offs;
5629 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
5630 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
5631
5632 // Create fields
5633 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5634 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5635 VaListTagDecl,
5636 SourceLocation(),
5637 SourceLocation(),
5638 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5639 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5640 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5641 /*Mutable=*/false,
5642 ICIS_NoInit);
5643 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5644 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5645 }
5646 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5647 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
5648 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
5649
5650 // } __builtin_va_list;
5651 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5652 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5653 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5654 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5655 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5656 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5657
5658 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5659}
5660
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005661static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5662 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5663 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5664
5665 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5666 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5667 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5668 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5669
5670 const size_t NumFields = 5;
5671 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5672 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5673
5674 // unsigned char gpr;
5675 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5676 FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
5677
5678 // unsigned char fpr;
5679 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
5680 FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
5681
5682 // unsigned short reserved;
5683 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
5684 FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
5685
5686 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5687 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5688 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
5689
5690 // void* reg_save_area;
5691 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5692 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
5693
5694 // Create fields
5695 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5696 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
5697 SourceLocation(),
5698 SourceLocation(),
5699 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5700 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5701 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5702 /*Mutable=*/false,
5703 ICIS_NoInit);
5704 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5705 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5706 }
5707 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5708 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingefb40e3f2012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005709 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005710
5711 // } __va_list_tag;
5712 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5713 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5714 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5715 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5716 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5717 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5718 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5719 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5720
5721 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5722 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5723 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5724 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5725 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5726 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5727 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5728 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5729 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5730 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5731 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5732 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5733 TInfo);
5734
5735 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5736}
5737
5738static TypedefDecl *
5739CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5740 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
5741 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
5742 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5743 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5744 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"));
5745 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
5746
5747 const size_t NumFields = 4;
5748 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
5749 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
5750
5751 // unsigned gp_offset;
5752 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5753 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
5754
5755 // unsigned fp_offset;
5756 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
5757 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
5758
5759 // void* overflow_arg_area;
5760 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5761 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
5762
5763 // void* reg_save_area;
5764 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
5765 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
5766
5767 // Create fields
5768 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
5769 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5770 VaListTagDecl,
5771 SourceLocation(),
5772 SourceLocation(),
5773 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
5774 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
5775 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5776 /*Mutable=*/false,
5777 ICIS_NoInit);
5778 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5779 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
5780 }
5781 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
5782 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Meador Ingefb40e3f2012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005783 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType;
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005784
5785 // } __va_list_tag;
5786 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl
5787 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5788 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5789 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5790 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"),
5791 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType));
5792 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
5793 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
5794
5795 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
5796 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
5797 QualType VaListTagArrayType
5798 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
5799 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0);
5800 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5801 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType);
5802 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5803 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5804 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5805 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5806 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5807 TInfo);
5808
5809 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5810}
5811
5812static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5813 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
5814 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
5815 QualType IntArrayType
5816 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy,
5817 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5818 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl
5819 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5820 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5821 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5822 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5823 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType));
5824
5825 return VaListTypedefDecl;
5826}
5827
Logan Chieneae5a8202012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005828static TypedefDecl *
5829CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
5830 RecordDecl *VaListDecl;
5831 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5832 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
5833 NamespaceDecl *NS;
5834 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5835 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5836 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
5837 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
5838 /*PrevDecl*/0);
5839
5840 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5841 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5842 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5843 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5844
5845 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
5846
5847 } else {
5848 // struct __va_list {
5849 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct,
5850 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5851 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list"));
5852 }
5853
5854 VaListDecl->startDefinition();
5855
5856 // void * __ap;
5857 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5858 VaListDecl,
5859 SourceLocation(),
5860 SourceLocation(),
5861 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
5862 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
5863 /*TInfo=*/0,
5864 /*BitWidth=*/0,
5865 /*Mutable=*/false,
5866 ICIS_NoInit);
5867 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
5868 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
5869
5870 // };
5871 VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
5872
5873 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
5874 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo
5875 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl));
5876
5877 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl
5878 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
5879 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5880 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
5881 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"),
5882 TInfo);
5883
5884 return VaListTypeDecl;
5885}
5886
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005887static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
5888 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
5889 switch (Kind) {
5890 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
5891 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5892 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
5893 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Tim Northoverc264e162013-01-31 12:13:10 +00005894 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5895 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005896 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
5897 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5898 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
5899 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
5900 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
5901 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Logan Chieneae5a8202012-10-10 06:56:20 +00005902 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
5903 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Ingec5613b22012-06-16 03:34:49 +00005904 }
5905
5906 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
5907}
5908
5909TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
5910 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl)
5911 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
5912
5913 return BuiltinVaListDecl;
5914}
5915
Meador Ingefb40e3f2012-07-01 15:57:25 +00005916QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const {
5917 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list
5918 // declaration.
5919 if (VaListTagTy.isNull())
5920 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl();
5921
5922 return VaListTagTy;
5923}
5924
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005925void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005926 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005927 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005928
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005929 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00005930}
5931
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005932/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
5933/// lookup.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005934TemplateName
5935ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
5936 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005937 unsigned size = End - Begin;
5938 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
5939
5940 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
5941 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
5942 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
5943
5944 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00005945 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00005946 NamedDecl *D = *I;
5947 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
5948 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
5949 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
5950 *Storage++ = D;
5951 }
5952
5953 return TemplateName(OT);
5954}
5955
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005956/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
5957/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005958TemplateName
5959ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5960 bool TemplateKeyword,
5961 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregor0f0ea2a2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00005962 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
5963
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00005964 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005965 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5966 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
5967
5968 void *InsertPos = 0;
5969 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
5970 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5971 if (!QTN) {
Richard Smith2f47cab2012-08-16 01:19:31 +00005972 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>())
5973 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005974 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
5975 }
5976
5977 return TemplateName(QTN);
5978}
5979
5980/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
5981/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005982TemplateName
5983ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5984 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005985 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00005986 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00005987
5988 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
5989 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
5990
5991 void *InsertPos = 0;
5992 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
5993 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
5994
5995 if (QTN)
5996 return TemplateName(QTN);
5997
5998 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
5999 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smith2f47cab2012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006000 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6001 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006002 } else {
6003 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
Richard Smith2f47cab2012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006004 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6005 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006006 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
6007 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6008 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
6009 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006010 }
6011
6012 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6013 return TemplateName(QTN);
6014}
6015
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006016/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6017/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
6018TemplateName
6019ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006020 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006021 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
6022 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
6023
6024 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6025 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
6026
6027 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006028 DependentTemplateName *QTN
6029 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006030
6031 if (QTN)
6032 return TemplateName(QTN);
6033
6034 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6035 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smith2f47cab2012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006036 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6037 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006038 } else {
6039 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
Richard Smith2f47cab2012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006040 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6041 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006042
6043 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
6044 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6045 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
6046 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006047 }
6048
6049 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6050 return TemplateName(QTN);
6051}
6052
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006053TemplateName
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006054ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
6055 TemplateName replacement) const {
6056 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6057 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
6058
6059 void *insertPos = 0;
6060 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
6061 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
6062
6063 if (!subst) {
6064 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
6065 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
6066 }
6067
6068 return TemplateName(subst);
6069}
6070
6071TemplateName
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006072ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6073 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
6074 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
6075 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6076 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
6077
6078 void *InsertPos = 0;
6079 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
6080 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6081
6082 if (!Subst) {
John McCall14606042011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006083 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor1aee05d2011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006084 ArgPack.pack_size(),
6085 ArgPack.pack_begin());
6086 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
6087 }
6088
6089 return TemplateName(Subst);
6090}
6091
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006092/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00006093/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
6094/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006095CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006096 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006097 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006098 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
6099 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
6100 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
6101 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
6102 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
6103 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
6104 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
6105 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
6106 }
6107
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006108 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006109}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00006110
6111//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6112// Type Predicates.
6113//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6114
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006115/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
6116/// garbage collection attribute.
6117///
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006118Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006119 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006120 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
6121
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006122 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCallae278a32011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006123 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
6124
6125 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
6126 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
6127 // as __strong.
6128 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
6129 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
6130 return Qualifiers::Strong;
6131 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
6132 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
6133 } else {
6134 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
6135 // pointer.
6136#ifndef NDEBUG
6137 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
6138 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
6139 CT = AT->getElementType();
6140 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
6141#endif
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006142 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00006143 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006144}
6145
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006146//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6147// Type Compatibility Testing
6148//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00006149
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006150/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006151/// compatible.
6152static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
6153 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00006154 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006155 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006156 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006157}
6158
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006159bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
6160 QualType SecondVec) {
6161 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
6162 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
6163
6164 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
6165 return true;
6166
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006167 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
6168 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006169 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
6170 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006171 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006172 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006173 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6174 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
6175 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6176 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006177 return true;
6178
6179 return false;
6180}
6181
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006182//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6183// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
6184//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6185
6186/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
6187/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006188bool
6189ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
6190 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor3fc73ee2012-01-01 18:09:12 +00006191 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006192 return true;
6193 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
6194 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
6195 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
6196 return true;
6197 return false;
6198}
6199
Dmitri Gribenko4c3b8a32012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006200/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...>
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006201/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
6202/// otherwise.
6203bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
6204 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
6205 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
6206 return false;
6207}
6208
Dmitri Gribenko4c3b8a32012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006209/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
6210/// Class<pr1, ...>.
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006211bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
6212 QualType rhs) {
6213 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6214 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6215 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
6216
6217 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6218 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6219 bool match = false;
6220 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6221 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6222 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6223 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6224 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
6225 match = true;
6226 break;
6227 }
6228 }
6229 if (!match)
6230 return false;
6231 }
6232 return true;
6233}
6234
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006235/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
6236/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
6237bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6238 bool compare) {
6239 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006240 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006241 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
6242 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006243 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006244 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
6245 return true;
6246
6247 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006248 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006249
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006250 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006251
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006252 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006253 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006254 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6255 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6256 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6257 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6258 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6259 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6260 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006261 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006262 return false;
6263 }
6264 }
6265 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
6266 return true;
6267 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006268 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006269 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6270 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6271 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6272 bool match = false;
6273
6274 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6275 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6276 // through its super class and categories.
6277 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6278 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6279 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6280 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6281 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6282 match = true;
6283 break;
6284 }
6285 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006286 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006287 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6288 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6289 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
6290 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6291 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6292 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6293 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00006294 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006295 match = true;
6296 break;
6297 }
6298 }
6299 }
6300 if (!match)
6301 return false;
6302 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006303
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006304 return true;
6305 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006306
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006307 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
6308 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
6309
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006310 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006311 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006312 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006313 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
6314 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6315 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
6316 bool match = false;
6317
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006318 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006319 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6320 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006321 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
6322 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006323 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6324 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6325 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6326 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6327 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6328 match = true;
6329 break;
6330 }
6331 }
6332 if (!match)
6333 return false;
6334 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006335
6336 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
6337 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
6338 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6339 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
6340 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
6341 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
6342 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
6343 // assume that it is mismatch.
6344 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
6345 return false;
6346 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6347 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6348 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6349 bool match = false;
6350 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
6351 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
6352 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
6353 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
6354 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6355 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6356 match = true;
6357 break;
6358 }
6359 }
6360 if (!match)
6361 return false;
6362 }
6363 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006364 return true;
6365 }
6366 return false;
6367}
6368
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006369/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006370/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
6371/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
6372///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006373bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6374 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006375 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6376 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6377
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00006378 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006379 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
6380 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006381 return true;
6382
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006383 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006384 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6385 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006386 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006387
6388 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
6389 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6390 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
6391
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006392 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
6393 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006394 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006395
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006396 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006397}
6398
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006399/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattnerfc8f0e12011-04-15 05:22:18 +00006400/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006401/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
6402/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
6403/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
6404bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6405 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006406 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
6407 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006408 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006409 return true;
6410
6411 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
6412 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6413 }
6414
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006415 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006416 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6417 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6418 false);
6419
6420 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6421 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6422 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
6423 if (LHS != RHS) {
6424 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006425 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006426 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006427 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006428 }
6429 else
6430 return true;
6431 }
6432 return false;
6433}
6434
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006435/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
6436/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
6437/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
6438/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
6439static
6440void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
6441 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6442 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006443 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006444
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006445 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6446 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6447 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
6448 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006449
6450 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
6451 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
6452 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
6453 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
6454 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006455 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006456 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
6457 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006458 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6459 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
6460 }
6461
6462 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
6463 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00006464 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
6465 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006466 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
6467 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
6468 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
Chad Rosier30601782011-08-17 23:08:45 +00006469 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006470 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006471 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
6472 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00006473 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6474 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6475 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
6476 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
6477 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006478 }
6479}
6480
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006481/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
6482/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
6483/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
6484/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
6485QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006486 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
6487 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
6488 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
6489 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
6490 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
6491 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregor60ef3082011-12-15 00:29:59 +00006492 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl)))
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006493 return QualType();
6494
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006495 do {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006496 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006497 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006498 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006499 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
6500
6501 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
6502 if (!Protocols.empty())
6503 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
6504 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
6505 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00006506 }
Fariborz Jahanian7c2bdcb2011-04-18 21:16:59 +00006507 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00006508
6509 return QualType();
6510}
6511
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006512bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
6513 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
6514 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
6515 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
6516
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006517 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
6518 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006519 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006520 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006521
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006522 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
6523 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00006524 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006525 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006526
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006527 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
6528 // more detailed analysis is required.
6529 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
6530 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
6531 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
6532 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006533 bool IsSuperClass =
6534 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
6535 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006536 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
6537 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
6538 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
6539 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
6540 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian627788c2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00006541 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanianb7bc34a2011-04-08 18:25:29 +00006542 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
6543 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
6544 return false;
6545
6546 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6547 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
6548 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6549 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
6550 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
6551
6552 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
6553 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
6554 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6555 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
6556 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
6557 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
6558 break;
6559 }
6560 }
6561 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
6562 return false;
6563 }
6564 return true;
6565 }
6566 return false;
6567 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006568
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006569 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
6570 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006571 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
6572 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
6573
6574 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
6575 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006576 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
6577 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006578 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
6579 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006580 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00006581 break;
6582 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006583 }
6584 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
6585 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
6586 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006587 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00006588 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
6589 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006590}
6591
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006592bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6593 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006594 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6595 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006596
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006597 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006598 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006599
6600 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
6601 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00006602}
6603
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00006604bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
6605 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
6606 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
6607 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
6608}
6609
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006610/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006611/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006612/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006613/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006614bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
6615 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006616 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006617 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
6618
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006619 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006620}
6621
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006622bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanian82378392011-07-12 23:20:13 +00006623 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc286f382011-07-12 22:05:16 +00006624}
6625
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006626bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
6627 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
6628}
6629
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006630/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
6631/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
6632/// QualType()
6633QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
6634 bool OfBlockPointer,
6635 bool Unqualified) {
6636 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
6637 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
6638 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
6639 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
6640 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00006641 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006642 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6643 if (!MT.isNull())
6644 return MT;
6645 }
6646 }
6647 }
6648
6649 return QualType();
6650}
6651
6652/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
6653/// argument types
6654QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6655 bool OfBlockPointer,
6656 bool Unqualified) {
6657 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
6658 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
6659 // type is compatible with a union member
6660 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
6661 Unqualified);
6662 if (!lmerge.isNull())
6663 return lmerge;
6664
6665 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
6666 Unqualified);
6667 if (!rmerge.isNull())
6668 return rmerge;
6669
6670 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
6671}
6672
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006673QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006674 bool OfBlockPointer,
6675 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006676 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
6677 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006678 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
6679 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006680 bool allLTypes = true;
6681 bool allRTypes = true;
6682
6683 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006684 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006685 if (OfBlockPointer) {
6686 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
6687 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
6688 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
6689 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
6690 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006691 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahaniand263fd12011-02-11 18:46:17 +00006692 }
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006693 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006694 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
6695 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006696 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006697
6698 if (Unqualified)
6699 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
6700
6701 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
6702 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
6703 if (Unqualified) {
6704 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6705 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
6706 }
6707
6708 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006709 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006710 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006711 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006712
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00006713 // FIXME: double check this
6714 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6715 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
6716 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006717 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
6718 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006719
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006720 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006721 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00006722 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006723
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006724 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmana49218e2011-04-09 08:18:08 +00006725 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
6726 return QualType();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006727 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
6728 return QualType();
6729
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006730 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
6731 return QualType();
6732
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006733 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
6734 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006735
Rafael Espindola8b8a09e2012-11-29 16:09:03 +00006736 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6737 allLTypes = false;
6738 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
6739 allRTypes = false;
6740
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006741 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006742
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006743 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006744 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
6745 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006746 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
6747 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
6748
6749 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
6750 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
6751 return QualType();
6752
6753 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
6754 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
6755 return QualType();
6756
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00006757 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
6758 return QualType();
6759
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006760 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
6761 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
6762 return QualType();
6763
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006764 // Check argument compatibility
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00006765 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006766 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
6767 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
6768 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00006769 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
6770 OfBlockPointer,
6771 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006772 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006773
6774 if (Unqualified)
6775 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6776
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006777 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006778 if (Unqualified) {
6779 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6780 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
6781 }
6782
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006783 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
6784 allLTypes = false;
6785 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
6786 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006787 }
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00006788
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006789 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6790 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006791
6792 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
6793 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
6794 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006795 }
6796
6797 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
6798 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
6799
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006800 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006801 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00006802 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006803 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
6804 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
6805 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
6806 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
6807 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
6808 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
6809 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
6810 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
6811 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006812
Eli Friedmanc586d5d2012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006813 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006814 // to pass enum values.
Eli Friedmanc586d5d2012-08-30 00:44:15 +00006815 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6816 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6817 if (argTy.isNull())
6818 return QualType();
6819 }
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00006820
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006821 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
6822 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
6823 return QualType();
6824 }
6825
6826 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6827 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006828
6829 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
6830 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006831 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00006832 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006833 }
6834
6835 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
6836 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00006837 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006838}
6839
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006840QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006841 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006842 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00006843 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
6844 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
6845 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006846 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
6847 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006848 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
6849 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006850
6851 if (Unqualified) {
6852 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6853 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
6854 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00006855
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006856 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
6857 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
6858
6859 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
6860 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
6861 return LHS;
6862
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006863 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00006864 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
6865 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006866 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
6867 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
6868 // mismatch.
6869 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00006870 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
6871 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006872 return QualType();
6873
6874 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
6875 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
6876 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
6877 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
6878 // qualified __strong.
6879 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6880 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
6881 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
6882
6883 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
6884 return QualType();
6885
6886 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6887 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
6888 }
6889 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6890 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
6891 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006892 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00006893 }
6894
6895 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006896
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00006897 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
6898 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006899
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006900 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
6901 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
6902 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
6903 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00006904
6905 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006906 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6907 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
6908 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
6909 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006910
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006911 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
6912 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6913 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
6914
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00006915 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
6916 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
6917 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006918
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00006919 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006920 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006921 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006922 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00006923 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
6924 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006925 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb918d6b2012-02-06 19:06:20 +00006926 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6927 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006928 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006929 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006930 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb918d6b2012-02-06 19:06:20 +00006931 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6932 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006933 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00006934 }
Fariborz Jahaniane7cff2c2012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006935 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian41963632012-01-26 17:08:50 +00006936 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
6937 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
6938 return LHS;
6939 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
6940 return RHS;
6941 }
Fariborz Jahaniane7cff2c2012-01-26 00:45:38 +00006942
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006943 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00006944 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006945
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00006946 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006947 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006948#define TYPE(Class, Base)
6949#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00006950#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006951#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6952#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
6953#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006954 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006955
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00006956 case Type::LValueReference:
6957 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006958 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006959 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006960
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006961 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006962 case Type::IncompleteArray:
6963 case Type::VariableArray:
6964 case Type::FunctionProto:
6965 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006966 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006967
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00006968 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006969 {
6970 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006971 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6972 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006973 if (Unqualified) {
6974 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6975 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6976 }
6977 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
6978 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006979 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00006980 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006981 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00006982 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006983 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006984 return getPointerType(ResultType);
6985 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00006986 case Type::BlockPointer:
6987 {
6988 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006989 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6990 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00006991 if (Unqualified) {
6992 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6993 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
6994 }
6995 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
6996 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00006997 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
6998 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
6999 return LHS;
7000 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7001 return RHS;
7002 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
7003 }
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00007004 case Type::Atomic:
7005 {
7006 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
7007 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7008 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7009 if (Unqualified) {
7010 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7011 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7012 }
7013 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
7014 Unqualified);
7015 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7016 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7017 return LHS;
7018 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7019 return RHS;
7020 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
7021 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007022 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007023 {
7024 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
7025 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
7026 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
7027 return QualType();
7028
7029 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
7030 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007031 if (Unqualified) {
7032 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7033 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7034 }
7035
7036 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007037 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007038 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7039 return LHS;
7040 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7041 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007042 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
7043 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
7044 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
7045 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007046 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
7047 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007048 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7049 return LHS;
7050 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7051 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007052 if (LVAT) {
7053 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7054 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
7055 // has to be different.
7056 return LHS;
7057 }
7058 if (RVAT) {
7059 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7060 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
7061 // has to be different.
7062 return RHS;
7063 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007064 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
7065 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00007066 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
7067 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007068 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007069 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007070 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007071 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007072 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007073 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007074 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007075 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007076 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00007077 case Type::Complex:
7078 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
7079 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007080 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007081 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00007082 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
7083 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007084 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007085 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007086 case Type::ObjCObject: {
7087 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007088 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
7089 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007090 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7091 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7092 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00007093 return LHS;
7094
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007095 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00007096 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007097 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007098 if (OfBlockPointer) {
7099 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
7100 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahaniana4fdbfa2011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007101 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7102 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007103 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007104 return QualType();
7105 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007106 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7107 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007108 return LHS;
7109
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00007110 return QualType();
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007111 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007112 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007113
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007114 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007115}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00007116
Fariborz Jahanian78213e42011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007117bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
7118 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
7119 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
7120 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() !=
7121 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs())
7122 return false;
7123 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
7124 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7125 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
7126 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7127 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments)
7128 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
7129 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
7130 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] !=
7131 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx])
7132 return false;
7133 }
7134 return true;
7135}
7136
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007137/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
7138/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
7139/// return types.
7140QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7141 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
7142 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
7143 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
7144 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
7145 return LHS;
7146 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
7147 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
7148 return QualType();
7149 QualType OldReturnType =
7150 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7151 QualType NewReturnType =
7152 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
7153 QualType ResReturnType =
7154 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
7155 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
7156 return QualType();
7157 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
7158 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
7159 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
7160 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
7161 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007162 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7163 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007164 QualType ResultType
7165 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007166 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007167 return ResultType;
7168 }
7169 }
7170 return QualType();
7171 }
7172
7173 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
7174 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7175 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7176 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
7177 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
7178 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
7179 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
7180 return QualType();
7181
7182 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
7183 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
7184 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
7185 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
7186 // qualified __strong.
7187 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7188 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7189 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
7190
7191 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
7192 return QualType();
7193
7194 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
7195 return LHS;
7196 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
7197 return RHS;
7198 return QualType();
7199 }
7200
7201 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7202 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7203 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7204 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
7205 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
7206 return LHS;
7207 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
7208 return RHS;
7209 }
7210 return QualType();
7211}
7212
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00007213//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007214// Integer Predicates
7215//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00007216
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007217unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +00007218 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00007219 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00007220 if (T->isBooleanType())
7221 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00007222 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007223 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
7224}
7225
Abramo Bagnara762f1592012-09-09 10:21:24 +00007226QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00007227 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007228
7229 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
7230 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
7231 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007232 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007233
7234 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
7235 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007236 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007237
7238 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7239 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007240 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
7241 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
7242 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7243 return UnsignedCharTy;
7244 case BuiltinType::Short:
7245 return UnsignedShortTy;
7246 case BuiltinType::Int:
7247 return UnsignedIntTy;
7248 case BuiltinType::Long:
7249 return UnsignedLongTy;
7250 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7251 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00007252 case BuiltinType::Int128:
7253 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007254 default:
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007255 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007256 }
7257}
7258
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00007259ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
7260
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007261
7262//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7263// Builtin Type Computation
7264//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7265
7266/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007267/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
7268/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
7269/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
7270/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007271///
7272/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
7273/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007274static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007275 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007276 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007277 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007278 // Modifiers.
7279 int HowLong = 0;
7280 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007281 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007282
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007283 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007284 bool Done = false;
7285 while (!Done) {
7286 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007287 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007288 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007289 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007290 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007291 case 'S':
7292 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7293 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7294 Signed = true;
7295 break;
7296 case 'U':
7297 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
7298 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
7299 Unsigned = true;
7300 break;
7301 case 'L':
7302 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
7303 ++HowLong;
7304 break;
7305 }
7306 }
7307
7308 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007309
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007310 // Read the base type.
7311 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007312 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007313 case 'v':
7314 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7315 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
7316 Type = Context.VoidTy;
7317 break;
7318 case 'f':
7319 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7320 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
7321 Type = Context.FloatTy;
7322 break;
7323 case 'd':
7324 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
7325 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
7326 if (HowLong)
7327 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
7328 else
7329 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
7330 break;
7331 case 's':
7332 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
7333 if (Unsigned)
7334 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7335 else
7336 Type = Context.ShortTy;
7337 break;
7338 case 'i':
7339 if (HowLong == 3)
7340 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
7341 else if (HowLong == 2)
7342 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
7343 else if (HowLong == 1)
7344 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
7345 else
7346 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
7347 break;
7348 case 'c':
7349 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
7350 if (Signed)
7351 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
7352 else if (Unsigned)
7353 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7354 else
7355 Type = Context.CharTy;
7356 break;
7357 case 'b': // boolean
7358 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
7359 Type = Context.BoolTy;
7360 break;
7361 case 'z': // size_t.
7362 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
7363 Type = Context.getSizeType();
7364 break;
7365 case 'F':
7366 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
7367 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00007368 case 'G':
7369 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
7370 break;
7371 case 'H':
7372 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
7373 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf7992132013-01-04 18:45:40 +00007374 case 'M':
7375 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
7376 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007377 case 'a':
7378 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7379 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
7380 break;
7381 case 'A':
7382 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
7383 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
7384 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
7385 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
7386 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
7387 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
7388 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
7389 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
7390 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
7391 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007392 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007393 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007394 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007395 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007396 break;
7397 case 'V': {
7398 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007399 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7400 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007401 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007402
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007403 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
7404 RequiresICE, false);
7405 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007406
7407 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00007408 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007409 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007410 break;
7411 }
Douglas Gregorb4bc99b2012-06-07 18:08:25 +00007412 case 'E': {
7413 char *End;
7414
7415 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7416 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
7417
7418 Str = End;
7419
7420 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7421 false);
7422 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
7423 break;
7424 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007425 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007426 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
7427 false);
7428 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00007429 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
7430 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancc075e42011-08-23 23:33:09 +00007431 }
7432 case 'Y' : {
7433 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
7434 break;
7435 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007436 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00007437 Type = Context.getFILEType();
7438 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007439 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007440 return QualType();
7441 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007442 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00007443 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007444 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007445 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007446 else
7447 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
7448
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007449 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00007450 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00007451 return QualType();
7452 }
7453 break;
Rafael Espindolae2d4f4e2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00007454 case 'K':
7455 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
7456 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
7457
7458 if (Type.isNull()) {
7459 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
7460 return QualType();
7461 }
7462 break;
Eli Friedman6902e412012-11-27 02:58:24 +00007463 case 'p':
7464 Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
7465 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00007466 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007467
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007468 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
7469 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007470 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00007471 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007472 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
7473 case '*':
7474 case '&': {
7475 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
7476 // qualified with an address space.
7477 char *End;
7478 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
7479 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
7480 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
7481 Str = End;
7482 }
7483 if (c == '*')
7484 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
7485 else
7486 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
7487 break;
7488 }
7489 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
7490 case 'C':
7491 Type = Type.withConst();
7492 break;
7493 case 'D':
7494 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
7495 break;
Ted Kremenek18932a02012-01-20 21:40:12 +00007496 case 'R':
7497 Type = Type.withRestrict();
7498 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007499 }
7500 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007501
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007502 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00007503 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007504
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007505 return Type;
7506}
7507
7508/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007509QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007510 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007511 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00007512 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007513
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007514 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007515
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007516 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007517 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007518 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
7519 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007520 if (Error != GE_None)
7521 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007522
7523 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
7524
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007525 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007526 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007527 if (Error != GE_None)
7528 return QualType();
7529
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00007530 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
7531 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
7532 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
7533 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
7534
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007535 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
7536 if (Ty->isArrayType())
7537 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007538
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007539 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
7540 }
7541
7542 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
7543 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
7544
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007545 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
7546 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
7547
7548 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
7549
7550 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
7551 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
7552 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00007553
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007554 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall00ccbef2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00007555 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
7556 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007557
7558 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00007559}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00007560
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007561GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7562 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7563
7564 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007565 switch (L) {
7566 case NoLinkage:
7567 case InternalLinkage:
7568 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7569 return GVA_Internal;
7570
7571 case ExternalLinkage:
7572 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
7573 case TSK_Undeclared:
7574 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7575 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
7576 break;
7577
7578 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7579 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7580
7581 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7582 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7583 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7584 break;
7585 }
7586 }
7587
7588 if (!FD->isInlined())
7589 return External;
7590
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007591 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007592 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
7593 // externally visible.
7594 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
7595 return External;
7596
7597 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
7598 return GVA_C99Inline;
7599 }
7600
7601 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
7602 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
7603 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
7604 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
7605 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
7606 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
7607 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7608 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
7609 return GVA_C99Inline;
7610
7611 return GVA_CXXInline;
7612}
7613
7614GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
7615 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
7616 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
7617 // template.
7618 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
7619 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
7620 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
7621
7622 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
Rafael Espindola62a833e2013-01-02 04:19:07 +00007623 assert (!(L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7624 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007625
7626 switch (L) {
7627 case NoLinkage:
7628 case InternalLinkage:
7629 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
7630 return GVA_Internal;
7631
7632 case ExternalLinkage:
7633 switch (TSK) {
7634 case TSK_Undeclared:
7635 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
7636 return GVA_StrongExternal;
7637
7638 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
7639 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
7640 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
7641
7642 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
7643 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
7644
7645 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
7646 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
7647 }
7648 }
7649
David Blaikie7530c032012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007650 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007651}
7652
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00007653bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007654 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7655 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
7656 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis144b38a2011-09-13 21:35:00 +00007657 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007658 return false;
7659
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007660 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
7661 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
7662 return false;
7663
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007664 // Aliases and used decls are required.
7665 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7666 return true;
7667
7668 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7669 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Sean Hunt10620eb2011-05-06 20:44:56 +00007670 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewyckydce67a72011-07-18 05:26:13 +00007671 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007672
7673 // Constructors and destructors are required.
7674 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
7675 return true;
7676
John McCalld5617ee2013-01-25 22:31:03 +00007677 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes
7678 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
7679 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7680 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7681 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7682 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
7683 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
7684 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
7685 return true;
7686 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007687 }
7688 }
7689
7690 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
7691
7692 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
7693 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
7694 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
7695 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
Anton Yartsev3a5aca82012-02-02 06:06:34 +00007696 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007697 return false;
7698 return true;
7699 }
Douglas Gregor94da1582011-09-10 00:22:34 +00007700
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007701 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
7702 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
7703
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00007704 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
7705 return false;
7706
Richard Smith5f9a7e32012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007707 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007708 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
Richard Smith5f9a7e32012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007709 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
7710 return true;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007711
Richard Smith5f9a7e32012-11-12 21:38:00 +00007712 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
7713 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
7714 return true;
7715
7716 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
7717 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))
7718 return true;
7719
7720 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00007721}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007722
Timur Iskhodzhanov8f88a1d2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007723CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) {
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007724 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
Timur Iskhodzhanov8f88a1d2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007725 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic);
7726}
7727
7728CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const {
John McCallb8b2c9d2013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007729 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD &&
7730 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault())
Timur Iskhodzhanov8f88a1d2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00007731 return CC_Default;
7732 return CC;
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00007733}
7734
Jay Foad4ba2a172011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007735bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00007736 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
7737 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
7738}
7739
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007740MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
John McCallb8b2c9d2013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007741 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
Tim Northoverc264e162013-01-31 12:13:10 +00007742 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
John McCallb8b2c9d2013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007743 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
7744 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
7745 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007746 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
John McCallb8b2c9d2013-01-25 22:30:49 +00007747 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007748 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
7749 }
David Blaikieb219cfc2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007750 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne14110472011-01-13 18:57:25 +00007751}
7752
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00007753CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007754
7755size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Ted Kremenek0c8cd1a2011-07-27 18:41:12 +00007756 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize()
7757 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts)
7758 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions)
7759 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls)
7760 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits)
7761 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs)
7762 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember)
7763 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl)
7764 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl)
7765 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl)
7766 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods)
7767 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types)
Francois Pichetaf0f4d02011-08-14 03:52:19 +00007768 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes)
Francois Pichet0d95f0d2011-08-14 14:28:49 +00007769 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekba29bd22011-04-28 04:53:38 +00007770}
Ted Kremenekd211cb72011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007771
David Blaikie66cff722012-11-14 01:52:05 +00007772void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) {
7773 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too
7774 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() ||
7775 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
7776 return;
7777
7778 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P =
7779 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0));
7780 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++));
7781}
7782
7783int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const {
7784 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
7785 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag);
7786 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1;
7787}
7788
Douglas Gregor9e8c92a2012-02-20 19:44:39 +00007789unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) {
7790 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent();
7791 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()]
7792 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator);
7793}
7794
7795
Ted Kremenekd211cb72011-10-06 05:00:56 +00007796void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
7797 ParamIndices[D] = index;
7798}
7799
7800unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
7801 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
7802 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
7803 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
7804 return I->second;
7805}